Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Inphi Corporation

Inphi Corporation

iphi · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker iphi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Inphi Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The global leader in high-speed
data movement interconnects

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Ste 300, Santa Clara, CA 95054

www.inphi.com

Phone (408) 217-7300

Fax (408) 217-7350

Sales@inphi.com

Copyright ©2020 Inphi Corporation. 

All rights reserved. Inphi is a registered 

trademark of Inphi Corporation

2019 Annual Report 
World-leading innovations

Inphi Annual Report 2020 R2-COVER5.indd   1

4/15/2020   1:24:57 PM

Inphi Leads in Physical Layer Data Movement for Cloud & Telecom 

Inphi Delivers Leading Edge Products

Processing

Physical Layer

Networking

CPU, GPU, AI

Switching, Routing, NIC

Analog, DSP, Optics

Storage

Storage, Memory

Inphi Provides Differentiated Solutions for Cloud & Telecom

Cloud Data Centers

Telecom

The Data Center is the Computer®

The Cloud is the Network®

 √ PAM is a  once in a multi-decade 
change in data transmission

 √ Inside data centers:  7 - 10 km

 √ Between data centers:  10 - 120 km

 √ Coherent transmission:  >40km
 √ Long Haul: 1,000s km
 √ Metro:  600 km
 √ 5G: Backhaul 300km, Fronthaul 10km

 √ Access:  5G, Cable, 10 - 300 km

Forward Looking Statements
This Annual Report and letter to Stockholders contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our 
strategy, our products, the anticipated benefits and features of our products, use of our products, market acceptance and market share of our products, growth and revenue drivers, industry and market trends, 
our positioning, our international operations and investments in technology. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or 
achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, and reported results should not be considered as an indication of future performance. Factors that may 
cause actual results to differ include public health requirements in response to the outbreak of COVID-19 and the impact on our business and operations, which is evolving and beyond our control, and the timing 
of customer orders and product shipments; members of our management team or a significant number of our global employee base becoming ill with COVID-19; changes in government regulations and mandates 
to address COVID-19 that may adversely impact our ability to continue to operate without disruption; a significant decline in global macroeconomic conditions that may have an adverse impact on our business 
and financial results; challenges to our infrastructure because of the number of employees working from remote locations, a cyberattack or other issues associated with remote connectivity; business interruptions 
related to our supply chain; our ability to manage our business and expenses if customers cancel or delay orders, and other business-related risks and uncertainties that are set forth in our Form 10-K attached 
hereto, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and in other reports filed by us with the SEC from time-to-time. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as 
of the date of this Annual Report. Inphi Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or event after the date of this Annual Report or to report 
the occurrence of unanticipated events.

45G Linear Modulator Driver  

45G Coherent TIA 

2014

+

+

PAM

2016

COLORZ® for 80km DWDM

SiPho Platform for 100G Data Center

Shipped 1M 100G 

Coherent Amplifiers & Drivers

64G Coherent TIA

Lowest Power CDR

400G CFP8 Platform 

(28nm PAM DSP / Driver / TIA)

+

+

+

+

+

2020

SpicaTM First 7nm 800G PAM4 DSP

PorrimaTM Gen3 Single-Lambda PAM4 platform

CanopusTM First 7nm Coherent DSP 

100/200/300/400G

COLORZ® II First 400ZR QSFP-DD Transceiver

CapellaTM 7nm 56G SerDes 

+

+

+

+

PorrimaTM 400G PAM4 Production

PorrimaTM Gen2 with Integrated CMOS Driver

2019

+

+

2017

64G Coherent Driver

28G EML Linear Driver

56G TiA & Driver

2018

PorrimaTM Platform

PolarisTM Platform

(16nm PAM DSP / Driver / TiA)

M200 Low power Coherent DSP 

for Metro & Long Haul

VegaTM DSP

16nm Retimer & Gearbox for LineCards

(Porrima 100/400G DSP + Driver + TiA)

28G MMF Linear TiA + VCSEL Driver

56G TiA & Driver

CFEC Adopted as OIF ZR Standard

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Smallest  Form Factor

SMT Linear Driver

2015

+

+

PAM 4

28G CMOS SERDES 

2012

+

32G Linear 

Modulator Driver 

28G Coherent TIA 

2009

+

28 Gbps Differential 

Modulator Driver  

2001

40G Differential Driver 

Modulator Driver

+

40G TIA  

Inphi Recognized for Excellence

22 New Awards for Quality & Technology in 2017-2020

Huawei

Best Quality  

Company

2017

2018

Fujitsu

Technical 

Advancement

2019

2017

Innolight

Innovation

Supplier 

of the Year

2017

2018

2019

FiberHome

Core Partner

2017

2018

2019

Lightwave

Hisense

H3C

SEDI

Cisco

ECN

Innovation for COLORZ, COLORZ II, 

PAM4,  Polaris, Porrima and Canopus

2017

2018

2019

2020

Best 

Delivery

Outstanding

Contribution

2018

2019

(Sumitomo Electronics

Device Innovations)

Best 

Cooperation

2019

Best 

Delivery

2018

Excellence in 

Emerging 

Technology

COLORZ 

2017

2017

Investor Information

Stock Exchange Listing:  NYSE

Ticker Symbol:  IPHI

Investor Relations     (408) 217-7308     investors@inphi.com

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC   Phone: 800-937-5449    www.amstock.com

Inphi Annual Report 2020 R2-COVER5.indd   2

4/15/2020   1:25:00 PM

 
April 21, 2020 

Dear Inphi Stockholders: 

What a difference a few weeks can make. When I sat down to write this letter, I was looking forward to sharing details about our company’s 
many successes in 2019. While last year was a very good one for us, my focus now, like that of the rest of the world, is on COVID-19 and 
what it means for our employees, our stockholders, our customers, our business and our world. First, I would like to recognize the medical 
professionals, first responders, emergency personnel, and law enforcement who are taking risks on the frontline to keep us safe. On the Inphi 
front, our employees are key to everything we do, and they are Inphi’s number one priority. In these most uncertain of times, we have 
instituted programs to allow our valued employees to work from home, and to assist with the challenges that may arise for them or their 
families. At the same time, we are focused on steering our company’s business through these uncharted waters. Because we have operations 
in both Wuhan, China and Pavia, Italy, we had an early glimpse of the impact of the pandemic. In response, we organized ourselves to 
continue to deliver on our customer commitments, including taping out chips, finalizing firmware, validating new products and taking them to 
production. We have also strengthened our supply chain and continued to deliver to customer commitments with only minor  disruptions. And 
finally, Inphi provided support to the communities of 11 of Inphi’s sites in 9 countries. This support covered critical needs such as housing, 
food, medical research, medical supplies and equipment. Due to the work from home and social distancing initiatives, the demand for 
bandwidth is skyrocketing and we are currently experiencing accelerating demand for our solutions. In response, we are working in overdrive 
to help our customers roll out fast, reliable connections over short, medium and long-haul distances. While much of this letter will focus on 
the accomplishments of the long ago world of 2019, please be assured that Inphi is putting on a full court press to meet current marketplace 
conditions and to be well situated when we emerge from the current state of affairs. The multi-legged stool strategy that we put in place 
several years back continues to serve us well. We plan to meet the growing demand for our existing products with an impressive list of new 
product introductions; and hope to continue expanding our market, our customer list, and our impact on the industry now and in the years 
ahead. None of us knows what the rest of 2020 will ultimately bring, but we are confident that we are up to the challenge, with the right 
products and customer focus to continue as the global leader in high-speed data movement interconnects. 

Robust financial results as the company rebounded from a 
challenging 2018. Total revenue for 2019 was $366 million, a 24% 
improvement over 2018 revenue of $295 million. The improvement 
reflects both a strong rebound from the macroeconomic challenges 
the company faced in 2018 and the robust demand for our products 
throughout 2019. Quarter by quarter, we gained momentum such that 
in the fourth quarter of 2019, we delivered record revenue, operating 
and net income. The stock market took note. After a disappointing 
performance in 2018, our stock roared back in 2019 finishing the year 
142% higher than it was when the market opened in January of 2019. 
This compares to the robust 35% increase for the Nasdaq composite. 

The good news was not just on the revenue growth line; our non-
GAAP gross margin grew from 68.5% in 2018 to a robust 70.0% for 
the full year 2019. On a bottom line basis, our company produced 
non-GAAP earnings per share on a fully diluted basis of $1.61 per 
share as compared to $0.86 in 2018. This 87% year over year 
increase on a 24% revenue gain clearly illustrates that while we 
continued to invest for the long term, we remain focused on 
delivering solid earnings on the bottom line.    

2019 revenue diversification demonstrates the benefits of our cloud 
initiative. Historically, Inphi’s revenue was predominantly derived 
from long-haul and metro markets, for telecom customers, with a 
heavy dependence on China. And while these markets remain very 
important to our company, they are now just one engine of our 
growth. Based on the strength of our new PAM and Data Center 
Interconnect (DCI) product lines, our sales to mostly US cloud 
customers increased to 57% of our revenue in 2019, up from 50% 
and 35% respectively in 2018 and 2017. And we expect that 
diversification to continue as new customers adopt Inphi’s 200G and 
400G PAM solutions for inside data centers and our 400G ZR 
solutions for ZR between data centers. 

We lead in physical layer data movement for cloud and telecom 
customers. In 2019, we saw robust demand for our products serving 
both the cloud and the telecom markets. In the cloud, whether within 
the data center or between data centers, from 7 meters to 120 
kilometers, our high-speed data interconnects continue to lead the 
market. Our customers increasingly turn to us as they embrace the 
transition to cloud computing, look to big data analytics and artificial 
intelligence (AI) to guide their businesses, and unceasingly expand 
their need for and use of data, transmitted at high speed. In telecom, 
we have been taking share with our 200G coherent DSP for long-haul 
and metro applications. And, 5G is a new opportunity that will be 
unlocked in 2020 and expand in 2021, enabling Inphi to continue to 
grow that business segment. 

Continuous ramp in demand from top US cloud vendors for our 
PAM products. Inphi’s PAM 4 DSP-based platforms lead the inside 
data center interconnect market. Period. Our PAM4 galaxy had many 
new stars starting to ramp in 2019 and we look for them to shine 
brightly in 2020 and beyond. Our 50G PAM4 DSP Polaris along with 
28 Gigabaud TiAs and Drivers, our 100G PAM4 DSP Porrima along 
with 56 Gigabaud TiAs and Drivers, and our PAM4 retimer, Vega 
went to production with existing and new customers throughout the 
year. Our multi-generation solutions provide the right answers for our 
customers’ current requirements and have defined a clear upgrade 
path as their needs expand. As I wrote one year ago, our customers 
remain focused on the ongoing and massive build-out inside the data 
center and Inphi will be there to meet their demands with our family 
of PAM based optical modules.  We expect this stellar family will 
prove to be one of our key growth drivers for years to come. 

We have expanded our leadership between Data Centers with our 
Silicon Photonics, DCI Edge Solutions. As the trend in datacenter is 
to move towards distributed architectures, we see a significant 
opportunity to assist our customers as they require increased speed 
and bandwidth moving data to the edge and between sites. Our 

 
 
 
 
 
innovative COLORZ® Silicon photonics and DSP-based solutions 
are the DCI solution for some of the largest datacenter operators. For 
example, our Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) 
PAM DSP-based solution raised the bar by delivering the lowest 
power and most cost effective 4 Terabit per second per fiber 
bandwidth, COLORZ. Customers were able to connect multiple data 
centers in the same metropolitan area at distances up to 80km, and 
run them as a single, efficient, virtual data center.  As a result, we 
passed a key milestone when cumulative shipments of COLORZ 
passed the 100,000 unit mark. In time, we expect customers to 
transition from the award winning COLORZ module to the next 
generation coherent DSP-based COLORZ II, an advance that brings 
to data center interconnects a higher density solution requiring less 
power at a lower cost. As we previewed last year, we are also 
bringing our customers even more choice with the ZR- and ZR+ 
solutions for those sending data shorter distances (5 kilometers) to 
much longer distances (3,000 kilometers) respectively. The upshot is 
that whatever the distance, we have the solutions to help our 
customers move their data fast and efficiently. We expect COLORZ 
to contribute meaningfully to our revenue in 2020, while COLORZ II 
will be a major revenue contributor in 2021. 

Telecom picking up steam driven by our coherent DSP.   
5G offers a compelling opportunity for future growth.  
After a challenging period reflecting an industry-wide inventory build 
and the subsequent work-through, the telecom markets are back on 
track. Inphi has taken a leadership role with our coherent offerings, 
with the M200 coherent DSP, and our family of coherent TiAs and 
drivers from 28 to 96 Gbaud. Whether for long-haul and metro, DCI 
applications, or cable and access networks, our coherent solutions 
have been gaining market share. We have gone from the underdog in 
the coherent DSP market to become the leader in the current 7nm 
generation of coherent DSP with our latest shining star, 
Canopus. This is a strong achievement from our coherent DSP team. 
Furthermore, as 5G rolls-out, it will expand the telecom market for 
our PAM4 solutions for links under 40 kilometers and for coherent 
solutions for links above 40 kilometers. In 5G, Inphi focuses on the 
midhaul and backhaul infrastructure aggregation and core transport 
systems. As a reminder, 5G remains a much discussed new 
architecture for cellular communications that promises advances in 
higher data rate, energy savings, and reduced cost and latency for 
data transmission. We expect 5G to start contributing to revenue in 
2020, and ramp significantly in 2021. 

The acquisition of e-Silicon which closed on January 10, 2020 
strengthens our market position, our product line and our deeply 
talented team. With the eSilicon acquisition, we expanded our core 
competencies in digital, memory and high-performance analog 
design, and leading-edge packaging. We also expanded our customer 
intimacy at key Tier 1 customers for both the cloud and telecom 
markets. Now as a combined company, we look to provide leading-
edge solutions for the high-bandwidth needs of our joint customers. 
We are pleased with the way the integration has gone and look to 
demonstrate the incremental power of the combined team and 
business in 2020 and beyond. 

Another year of high praise and industry recognition. I would be 
remiss if I did not mention that our differentiated products and 
customer support efforts again turned heads in 2019 as evidenced by 
the important customer and industry awards earned by our team 
during the year. In 2019, we were honored as a Fujitsu Distinguished 
Partner, Innolight’s Supplier of the Year for the second year in a row, 
and received further accolades from FiberHome, Hisense, H3C, and 
LightWave Innovation. While as I have previously said, their 
confidence in us is best demonstrated by ongoing orders, we were 
very pleased to have been formally recognized as a top performing 
partner by these important customers. 

Looking ahead to 2020. As we look to 2020, the good news is we are 
very confident in our team and our products, both the stalwarts and 
the more recently introduced. We are also confident that our R&D 
efforts will continue to deliver the high performance solutions our 
customers have come to expect from us. However, as I write this 
letter, I am concerned with the potential impact of factors in the 
world around us, including the impact of geopolitical tensions and the 
as yet not fully knowable impact of the  COVID-19 virus on people 
and production lines around the world. There is no telling what the 
year ahead holds or when and how fast our daily lives can return to 
“normal.” Nonethelesss, we are prepared, focused and alert and will 
respond to these conditions as they unfold. 

“It is not the critic who counts… The credit belongs to the man 
who is actually in the arena… who spends himself in a worthy 
cause; who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high 
achievement, and who at the worst, if he fails, at least fails  
while daring greatly...”  

       Theodore Roosevelt 

Thank you for your continued support. We thank you, our 
stockholders, for your ongoing support and look forward to 
delivering another year of solid customer engagements, innovative 
product introductions, and strong financial results. We also hope to 
return to a more healthy world in the months ahead. In these difficult 
times caused by the unprecedented COVID-19 pandemic, we affirm 
our commitment to the communities in which we live and work by 
continuing to keep people employed, and to go further, by continuing 
to hire and grow. We have the team and the financial wherewithall to 
step up alongside our customers.  Our goals are aligned with their 
success and our stockholders’ returns. We plan to continue to invest, 
in a responsible and ROI-driven manner, to be ready to meet the 
evolving asks and needs of our Tier 1 cloud and telecom customers. 
Even in tough times, we will remain focused on building the global 
leader in data-movement interconnects. Leadership is not easy to earn 
and difficult to keep, but we are confident that we are on our way!   

Stay safe, and thank you, 

Ford Tamer 
Inphi President and Chief Executive Officer 

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures 
A reconciliation of non-GAAP gross margin and non-GAAP earnings per 
share on a fully diluted basis to their GAAP equivalents, and a discussion as 
to why management uses these measures, is set forth in our Form 8-K dated 
February 4, 2020 (see www.inphi.com under “Investors” and “SEC Filings”) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

(Mark One)  

☑ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

Form 10-K 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 

Or 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission file number 001-34942 

Inphi Corporation 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

77-0557980 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, California 95054 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 217-7300 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Trading Symbol(s) 
IPHI 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered 

The New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☑  No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ☐ No  ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☑     No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files).  Yes  ☑      No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer  ☑ 

Accelerated filer ☐ 

Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Smaller reporting company ☐ 

Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes  ☐      No  ☑ 

As of June 30, 2019, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $2.2 

billion, based on the closing price of $50.10 per share of common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for June 28, 2019. 

The total number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share, as of February 26, 2020 was 46,077,975. 

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to 

be filed no later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

INPHI CORPORATION 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Business ........................................................................................................................................................    
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................    
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................    
Properties ......................................................................................................................................................    
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................    
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................    

PART II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities ..................................................................................................................................................    
Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................    
Item 6. 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .......................    
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .......................................................................    
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................    
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......................    
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................    
Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................    

PART III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...........................................................................    
Item 11.  Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................    
Item 12. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....    
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .............................................    
Principal Accountant Fees and Services .......................................................................................................    
Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ......................................................................................................    
Form 10-K Summary ....................................................................................................................................    
Item 16. 

1  
9  
30  
30  
30  
31  

32  
34  
36  
52  
53  
89  
89  
89  

89  
90  
90  
90  
90  

90  
94  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
   
This page intentionally left blank

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  When  used  in  this  report,  the  terms  “may,”  “might,”  “will,”  “objective,”  “intend,”  “should,”  “could,”  “can,” 
“would,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “predict,”  “potential,”  “plan,”  “anticipate,”  “seek,”  “future,”  “strategy,” 
“likely,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These 
statements include statements regarding our anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we 
operate, including the market for 25G to 600G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions,  our competitive position, demand 
for our current products, our plans for future products and anticipated features and benefits thereof, expansion of our product 
offerings and business activities, our plans to expand international operations, enhancements of existing products, the benefits 
of outsourcing, our ability to forecast demand and its effects, the impact of U.S. government export restrictions on Huawei, 
our acquisitions and investments in other companies or technologies, including our acquisition of eSilicon Corporation and 
the anticipated  benefits  thereof,  critical  accounting  policies  and  estimates,  our  expectations  regarding  our  expenses  and 
revenue, sources of revenue, our effective tax rate and tax benefits, the benefits of our products and services, our technological 
capabilities and expertise, our liquidity position and sufficiency thereof, including our anticipated cash needs and uses of 
cash, our ability to generate cash, our operating and capital expenditures and requirements and our needs for additional 
financing and potential consequences thereof, repatriation of cash balances from our foreign subsidiaries, our contractual 
obligations, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, including growing our end customer base, interest rate sensitivity, 
adequacy  of  our  disclosure  controls,  and  our legal  proceedings  and  warranty  claims.  These  forward-looking  statements 
involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or 
achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these 
or any other forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks discussed 
below, as well as factors affecting our results of operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase 
profitability, demand for our solutions, the effect of changes in average selling prices for our products, our ability to compete, 
our ability to rapidly develop new technology and introduce new products, our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, 
our ability to qualify for tax holidays and incentives, trends in the semiconductor industry and fluctuations in general economic 
conditions, and the risks set forth throughout this report, including the risks set forth under Part I, “Item 1A, Risk Factors.” 
Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking  statements,  which  are  based  on  current 
expectations and reflect management's opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of 
the date of this Report. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to 
any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes 
in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.  

All references to “Inphi,” “we,” “us” or “our” mean Inphi Corporation.  

Inphi®,  iKON™,  InphiNityCore™, Canopus™,   ColorZ®,  ColorZ-Lite™, iMB™,  OmniConnect™, Polaris™, Tri-
rate®, Vega™, M200 LightSpeed-III™, Porrima™ and the Inphi logo are among the trademarks, registered trademarks, or 
service marks owned by Inphi.  

Overview 

Our Company 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and 
cloud markets. Our analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds 
while reducing system power consumption. Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in 
networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation 
communications  and  cloud  infrastructures.  Our  solutions  provide  a  vital  high-speed  interface  between  analog  and  mixed 
signals  and  digital  information  in  high-performance  systems  such  as  telecommunications  transport  systems,  enterprise 
networking equipment and data centers. We provide 25G to 600G high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions 
for the communications market. 

In January 2020, we completed the acquisition of eSilicon Corporation (eSilicon) for approximately $215.0 million in 
cash, subject to certain adjustments including cash, debt and transaction expenses. A portion of the consideration has been 
placed in an escrow fund for up to 12 months (or up to 36 months in certain circumstances) following the closing for the 
satisfaction of certain indemnification obligations.  We acquired eSilicon to accelerate our roadmap in developing electro-
optics solutions for cloud and telecommunications customers.   

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We leverage our proprietary high-speed analog and mixed signal processing expertise and our deep understanding of 
system architectures to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging communications, enterprise network, computing and 
storage  architectures.  We  develop  these  solutions  as  a  result  of  our  competitive  strengths,  including  our  system-level 
simulation capabilities, analog design expertise, strong relationships with industry leaders, extensive broad process technology 
experience and high-speed package modeling and design expertise. We use our core technology and strength in high-speed 
analog design to enable our customers to deploy next generation communications systems that operate with high performance 
at high-speed. We believe we are at the forefront of developing semiconductor solutions that deliver up to multi-Terabit speeds 
throughout the network infrastructure, including core, metro and the cloud. 

We have ongoing, informal collaborative discussions with industry and technology leaders in Tier-1 cloud providers, 
telecom operators, network system original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and optical module and component vendors to 
design architectures and products that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and next generation communications systems. 
Although we generally  do not  have  any  formal  collaboration  agreements  with  these  entities,  we  often  engage  in  informal 
discussions with these entities with respect to anticipated technological challenges, next generation customer requirements 
and industry conventions and standards. We help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by 
collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs systems manufacturers and standards bodies. Our products are designed into 
systems sold by OEMs, including Tier-1 OEMs in the telecom and networking system markets worldwide. We believe we are 
one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the type of products we sell, and in some cases we may be the sole 
supplier  for  certain  applications.  We  sell  both  directly  to  these  OEMs  and  to  other  intermediary  systems  or  module 
manufacturers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. 

Our Business  

Our semiconductor solutions leverage our deep understanding of high-speed analog and mixed signal processing and 
our system architecture knowledge to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging network and cloud architectures. We 
design  and  develop  our  products  for  the  communications  and  computing  markets,  which  typically  have  two  to  three  year 
design cycles, and product life cycles of five or more years. We believe our leadership position in developing high-speed 
analog and mixed signal semiconductors is a result of the following core strengths: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

System-Level  Simulation  Capabilities.  We  design  our  high-speed  analog  and  mixed  signal  semiconductor 
solutions to be critical components in complex systems. In order to understand and solve system problems, we 
work closely with systems vendors to develop proprietary component, channel and system simulation models. 
We  use  these  proprietary  simulation  and  validation  tools  to  accurately  predict  system  performance  prior  to 
fabricating  the  semiconductor  or  alternatively,  to  identify  and  optimize  critical  semiconductor  parameters  to 
satisfy  customer  system  requirements.  We  use  these  simulation  and  validation  capabilities  to  reduce  our 
customers’  time  to  market  and  engineering  investments,  thus  enabling  us  to  establish  differentiated  design 
relationships with our customers. 

Analog Design Expertise. We believe that we are a leader in developing broadband analog and mixed signal 
semiconductors operating at high frequencies of up to 100 GHz. High-speed analog circuit design is extremely 
challenging because, as frequencies increase, semiconductors are increasingly sensitive to temperature, power 
supply noise, process variation and interaction with neighboring circuit elements. Development of components 
that  work  robustly  at  high  frequencies  requires  an  understanding  of  analog  circuit  design,  including 
electromagnetic theory and practical experience in implementation and testing. Our analog design expertise has 
enabled us to design and commercially ship several first in the world technologies including the first 100G linear 
transimpedance amplifier (TIA) and the first 400G linear modulator driver that is now being widely deployed in 
the  world’s  first 
volume  globally 
50/100/200/400G 4-level Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM4) interconnect ICs for cloud interconnects. The 
chipset  solution  included  multiple  variants  of  the  PAM4  PHY  IC  based  on  a  highly  adaptable  and  scalable 
InphiNityCore™  digital  signal  processing  (DSP)  engine  and  the  OmniConnect™  transmitter  for  copper  and 
optics media along with a companion linear TIA for Nx50G PAM4 interfaces. 

telecommunications networking 

infrastructures.  We 

launched 

in 

Silicon  Photonics  Design  Expertise.  We  have  developed  deep  expertise  in  Silicon  photonics  (Sipho)  and 
successfully  commercialized  the  world  first  100G  dense  wavelength  division  multiplexing  (DWDM)  Sipho-
based solutions that consumes as little as 4.5W of power versus alternate solutions at 25W. This Sipho-based 
solution has been deployed in high volume at a Tier-1 cloud vendor and continues to gain market acceptance at 
Tier-1 OEMs for the enterprise and internet exchange customers. 

DSP Design Expertise. Our DSP algorithm engineers and digital designers are experts on low-power and low-
latency DSP designs for equalization, estimation, clock recovery, carrier recovery, forward error correction, and 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

coded  modulation  enabling  the  highest  performance  PAM4  and  higher-order-modulation  serdes,  optical 
interconnects,  and  coherent  modems.   Our  low-power  and  low-latency  DSP  application-specific  integrated 
circuit provides a critical advantage for small-form factor pluggable modules, on board optics, in package optics 
or any other highly integrated electrical or electro-optical communication systems for high speed data center 
interconnect and fiber optic telecom networks. 

Strong  Relationships  with  Industry  Leaders.  We  develop  many  of  our  high-speed  analog  and  mixed  signal 
semiconductor  solutions  for  applications  and  systems  that  are  driven  by  industry  leaders  in  the 
communications and  cloud  markets.  Through  our  established  relationships  with  industry  leaders,  we  have 
repeatedly demonstrated the ability to address their technological challenges. As a result, we are designed into 
several of their current systems and believe we are well-positioned to develop high-speed analog and mixed 
signal  semiconductor  solutions  for  their  emerging  architectures.  We  have  ongoing,  informal  collaborative 
discussions  with  communication,  networking  companies,  and  cloud  companies  in  Tier-1  cloud  providers, 
telecom  operators,  network  system  OEMs and  optical  module  and  component  vendors  to  address  their  next 
generation 100G and beyond 100G efforts. Specifically, we engage in informal discussions with these entities 
with  respect  to  anticipated  technological  challenges,  next  generation  customer  requirements  and  industry 
conventions and standards. As a result of our development efforts with industry leaders, we help define industry 
conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs and 
systems manufacturers, as well as standards bodies such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 
(IEEE) and the Optical Internetworking Forum (OIF) to establish industry standards. 

Broad Process Technology. We employ process technology experts, device technologists and circuit designers 
who have extensive experience in many process technologies including CMOS, SiGe, Silicon photonics (Sipho) 
and  III-V  technologies  such  as  gallium  arsenides  or  indium  phosphide.  We  have  developed  specific  internal 
models and design kits for each process to support a uniform design methodology across all of our semiconductor 
solutions. For example, our products using 16 nanometer CMOS technology require development of accurate 
models for sub-circuits such as integrated phase lock loops, varactors and inductors. In addition, for Sipho and 
III-V  materials-based  processes,  in-house  model  development  is  a  necessity  and  we  believe  also  provides  a 
substantial  competitive  advantage  because  these  processes  have  complex  material  and  device  interactions. 
Combined with our fabless manufacturing strategy, our design expertise, proprietary model libraries and uniform 
design  methodology  allow  us  to  use  the  best  possible  materials  and  substrates  to  design  and  develop  our 
semiconductor  solutions.  We  believe  that  our  ability  to  design  high-speed  analog  and  mixed  signal 
semiconductors in a wide range of materials and process technologies allows us to provide superior performance, 
power, cost and reliability for a specific set of market requirements. 

High-Speed Package Modeling and Design. We have developed deep expertise in high-speed package modeling 
and  design,  since  introducing  the  first  high-speed  50  GHz  MUX  and  DEMUX  product  in  2001.  At  high 
frequencies, the interaction between an analog device, its package and the external environment can significantly 
affect product performance.  Accurately  modeling  and developing  advanced  packaging  allows  semiconductor 
solutions to address this challenge. Due to the advanced nature of this work, there is a limited supply of engineers 
with  experience  in  high-speed  package  modeling  and  design,  and  therefore,  this  required  expertise  can  be 
difficult to acquire for companies that have not invested in developing such a skill set. We have developed an 
infrastructure to simulate electrical, mechanical and thermal properties of devices and packages that we integrate 
within our semiconductor design process and implement at our third-party packaging providers. Modeling is an 
inherently  iterative  process,  and  since  our  model  libraries  are  used  extensively  by  our  circuit  designers,  the 
accuracy and value of these models increases over time. Our current packaging and modeling techniques enable 
us to deliver semiconductors that are energy efficient, offer high-speed processing and enable advanced signal 
integrity, all in a small footprint. 

We believe that our system-level simulation capabilities, our analog design and broad process technology design 
capabilities as well as our strengths in packaging enable us to differentiate ourselves by delivering advanced high-speed analog 
and mixed signal processing solutions. For example, we believe we are the first vendor who has successfully commercialized 
DSP base 100G Ethernet PHYs running PAM4 standard CMOS process. 

We believe the key benefits that our solutions provide to our customers are as follows: 

• 

High Performance. Our high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions are designed to meet the 
specific technical requirements of our customers in their respective end markets. In many cases, our close design 
relationships  and  deep  engineering  expertise  put  us  in  a  position  where  we  are  one  of  a  limited  group  of 
semiconductor vendors that can provide the necessary solution. For instance, in the broadband communications 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

market,  we  believe  our  products  achieve  the  highest  signal  integrity  and  attain  superior  signal  transmission 
distance at required error-free or low error rates. 

Low Power and Small Footprint. In each of the end markets that we serve, the power budget of the overall 
system is a key consideration for systems designers. Power consumption greatly impacts system operation cost, 
footprint and cooling requirements, and is increasingly becoming a point of focus for our customers. We believe 
that our high-speed analog and mixed signal processing solutions enable our customers to implement system 
architectures that reduce overall system power consumption. We also believe that, at high frequencies, our high-
speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor devices typically consume less power than competitors’ standard 
designs, which often incorporate power-consuming digital signal processing to perform data transfer functions, 
thereby further reducing overall system power consumption. In addition, in many of our applications, we are 
able to design and deliver semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system 
size. 

Faster Time to Market. Our customers compete in markets that require high-speed, reliable semiconductors that 
can be integrated into their systems as soon as new market opportunities develop. To meet our customers’ time-
to-market requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their 
development processes. Over the past ten years, we have developed methodologies and simulation environments 
that accurately predict the behavior of complex integrated circuits within various communications systems. In 
addition, we have developed an extensive internal library of proven building block circuits such as amplifiers, 
phase frequency detectors and transmitters that are reused to shorten design cycles and reduce risk. 

Products  

Our leading edge, high-speed, mixed signal semiconductor solutions equate to the planes, trains and trucks used by 

physical delivery services to quickly and reliably speed information from place to place. 

Our  telecommunication solutions  are  our  planes,  working  across  distances  of  100s  to  1000s  kilometers.  Products 
include our coherent transimpedance amplifiers, drivers and DSPs which set the gold standard for leading edge performance, 
quality, and reliability. Our data center edge interconnect solutions are our trains, delivering a large amount of packages, across 
80 km distances. Our ColorZ® is the industry's first 100G DWDM solution in QSFP28 form factor, utilizing advanced silicon 
photonics and PAM4 modulation, to deliver up to 4Tb/s of bandwidth over a single fiber. Our inside data center interconnects 
are our trucks, working across hundreds of meters up to kilometers. Our PAM interconnects along with accompanying TIAs 
and drivers deliver low power, cost effective solutions for cloud and enterprise customers.  

As of December 31, 2019, we have a wide range of products in our portfolio, including products that have commercially 
shipped, products for which we have shipped engineering samples and products under development, that perform a wide range 
of functions such as amplifying, encoding, multiplexing, demultiplexing, and retiming signals at speeds up to 400 Gbps. These 
products are key enablers for servers, routers, switches, storage and other equipment that process, store and transport data 
traffic. We introduced 22 and 45 new products in 2019 and 2018, respectively. We design and develop our products for the 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product life cycles as long 
as five years or more. 

We introduced ColorZ® in 2016 and began to ship in commercial volume in 2017. Sales of ColorZ® comprised 15%, 
18%  and  17%  of  our  total  revenue  in  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  In  2012,  we  introduced  and  began  to  ship  in 
commercial volume a dual, differential input linear transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify as product number 
IN3250TA-SO2D.  Sales  of  IN3250TA-SO2D  product  comprised  10%  of  our  total  revenue  in  2017.  There  were  no  other 
products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 or 2017.  

Customers  

We  sell  our  products  directly  to  OEMs  and  indirectly  to  OEMs  through  module  manufacturers,  original  design 
manufacturers  (ODMs)  and  sub-systems  providers.  We  work  closely  with  technology  leaders  to  design  architectures  and 
products that help solve bandwidth bottlenecks in and between systems. These technology leaders often design our products 
into reference designs, which they provide to their customers and suppliers. In the networking market, we work closely with 
OEMs to deliver high performance communication links. These OEMs design our products into their systems and then require 
their ODM and electronics manufacturing services suppliers to purchase and use that specific product from us. We also work 
directly with optical module manufacturers to design our products into their modules, which they sell to OEMs. 

We work  closely  with  our  customers  throughout  design  cycles  that  often  last  two  to  three  years  and  we  are  able  to 
develop long-term relationships with them as our technology becomes embedded in their products. As a result, we believe we 
are well-positioned to not only be designed into their current systems, but also to continually develop next generation high-
speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for their future products. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 
we sold our products to approximately 100 customers. 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 64%, 57% and 62% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future 
revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in 
Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers and incorporating our semiconductor 
products are then sold to end-users outside Asia. 

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our 
revenue.  In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we  believe  that  sales  to  Microsoft  Corporation  (Microsoft) 
and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (Huawei), directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 
14%  and 11%  of  our  total  revenue,  respectively,  and  that  our  10  largest  direct  customers  collectively  accounted  for 
approximately  70%  of  our  total  revenue.    We  sell  products  to Fabrinet  Co.,  Ltd.  (Fabrinet),  a  subcontractor  who  sells  to 
various end customers.  Included in the 10 largest direct customers are sales to Fabrinet, which accounted for approximately 
11% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.  We believe, in the aggregate, sales to Cisco Systems, Inc. 
(Cisco), including its subcontractors was significant but less than 10% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 
2019.   In the year ended December 31, 2018, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, 
through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 18%, 14% and 11% of our total revenue, respectively, and that our 10 
largest direct customers collectively accounted for approximately 74% of our total revenue. We sell products to Cyberlink 
Electronics Limited (Cyberlink), a distributor who sells to various end customers. Included in the 10 largest direct customers 
are sales to Cyberlink which accounted for approximately 11% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018.  In 
the year ended December 31, 2017, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through 
subcontractors, accounted for approximately 17%, 14%, and 11% of our total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest 
direct  customers  collectively  accounted  for  approximately  70% of  our  total  revenue.  No  other  single  customer  directly  or 
indirectly accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 or 2017. 

Sales and Marketing  

Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years, with product life cycles in 
the markets we serve ranging from five to 10 years or more. For many of our products, early engagement with our customers’ 
technical staff is necessary for success. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our application and development 
engineers work closely with our customers to identify and propose solutions to their systems challenges. 

In  addition  to  our  direct  customers,  we  work  closely  with  technology  leaders  in  Tier-1  cloud  providers,  telecom 
operators, network system OEMs and optical module and component vendors for the cloud, networking and communications 
market to anticipate and solve next generation challenges facing our customers. As part of the sales and product development 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
process, we often design our products in close collaboration with these industry leaders and help define their architecture. We 
also participate actively in setting industry standards with organizations such as IEEE and OIF to have a voice in the definition 
of future market trends. 

We  sell  our  products  worldwide  through  multiple  channels,  including  our  direct  sales  force  and  a  network  of  sales 
representatives and distributors.  For the year ended December 31, 2019, we derived 87% of our total revenue from sales by 
our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives and 13% of our sales were made through third-party distributors.  We 
operate  marketing representative  offices  in China,  Japan, Taiwan, Germany,  and  the  United  States  and  employ  marketing 
personnel that meet with our customers locally and interact with our channel partners locally.  Our channel network includes 
more than one hundred sales and support professionals to support our products and customers. All of these sales professionals 
are  sales  agents  and  are  employed  by  our  distributors  and  sales  representatives.  We  believe  these  distributors  and  sales 
representatives have the requisite technical experience in our target markets and are able to leverage existing relationships and 
understanding of our customers’ products to effectively sell our products. Given the breadth of our target markets, customers 
and products, we provide our direct and indirect sales teams with regular training and share product information with our 
customers and sales teams using web-based tools. 

Manufacturing  

We operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test manufacturing contractors to 
manufacture, assemble and test our semiconductor products. We also inspect and test certain parts in our Irvine and Westlake 
Village, California facilities. This outsourced manufacturing approach allows us to focus our resources on the design, sale and 
marketing of our products. In addition, we believe outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides 
us the flexibility needed to respond to new market opportunities, simplifies our operations and significantly reduces our capital 
requirements. 

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to qualification requirements in order to meet the high quality and 
reliability  standards  required  of  our  products.  We  carefully  qualify  critical  partners  and  processes  before  applying  the 
technology  to  our  products.  Our  engineers  work  closely  with  our  foundries  and  other  contractors  to  increase  yield,  lower 
manufacturing costs and improve product quality. 

• 

• 

• 

Wafer Fabrication. We currently utilize a wide range of semiconductor processes to develop and manufacture 
our products. Each of our foundries tends to specialize in a particular semiconductor wafer process technology. 
We choose the semiconductor process and foundry that we believe provides the best combination of performance 
attributes for any particular product. For most of our products, we utilize a single foundry for semiconductor 
wafer production. Our international headquarters in Singapore purchases all wafer material and owns the material 
until the manufacturing process is complete and the product is shipped to a customer either inside or outside 
North America or to physical inventory locations for the respective region. Our principal foundries are Taiwan 
Semiconductor  Manufacturing  Company  Ltd.  (TSMC) in  Taiwan,  WIN  Semiconductors  Corp. (WIN 
Semiconductors) 
in  North  America  and 
GlobalFoundries in North America. 

in  Taiwan,  TowerJazz  Semiconductor  Ltd.  (TowerJazz) 

Package and Assembly. Upon the completion of processing at the foundry, the finished wafers are shipped to 
our  third-party  assemblers  for  packaging  and  assembly.  Currently,  our  principal  packaging  and  assembly 
contractors are STATS ChipPAC Ltd. (STATS ChipPAC) in Korea, Kyocera Corporation (Kyocera) in Japan, 
Tong  Hsing  Electronics  Industries  Ltd.  (Tong  Hsing)  in  Taiwan,  Amkor  Technology  in  Korea,  LuxNet 
Corporation (LuxNet) in Taiwan and ASE Technology (ASE) in Taiwan and Malaysia. 

Test. At the last stage of integrated circuit production, our third-party test service providers test the packaged 
and assembled integrated circuits. Currently, STATS ChipPAC in Korea, ISE Labs, Inc. (ISE Labs) in North 
America,  Giga  Solution  Tech Co.,  Ltd.  (Giga  Solution)  in  Taiwan,  WIN  Semiconductors in  Taiwan,  ASEM 
Technology in Malaysia and Presto Engineering in North America are our test partners. We also perform testing 
in our Irvine and Westlake Village, California facilities. 

We are committed to maintaining the highest level of quality in our products. Our objective is that our products meet all 
of our customer requirements, are delivered on-time and function reliably throughout their useful lives. As part of our total 
quality assurance program, our quality management system has been certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards. Our manufacturing 
partners are also ISO 9001 certified. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Research and Development  

We focus our research and development efforts on developing products that address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks 
and  minimize  latency  in  computing  environments.  We  believe  that  our  continued  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  both 
introduce improved versions of our existing products and to develop new products for the markets that we serve. We devote 
a portion of our resources to expanding our core technology including efforts in system-level simulation, high-speed analog 
design, supporting a broad range of process technologies and high-speed package modeling and design. 

We develop models that are used as an input to a combination of proprietary and commercially available simulation 
tools. We use these tools to predict overall system performance based on the performance of our product. After our product is 
manufactured, we perform system measurements and refine our model set to improve the model’s accuracy and predictive 
ability. As a result, our models and simulation tools have improved over time and we have been able to accurately predict 
overall system performance prior to fabricating a part. 

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers in eight design centers located in the 
United States, Canada, Germany, Singapore, United Kingdom and Argentina. Our technical team typically has, on average, 
more than 21 years of industry experience with more than 50% having advanced degrees (master’s degree and above) and 
more than 20% having Ph.Ds. These engineers and designers are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as 
applying these core technologies to our product development activities across a number of areas including telecommunications 
transport  systems,  enterprise  networking  equipment,  data  centers  and  enterprise  servers,  storage  platforms,  test  and 
measurement and military systems. 

Competition  

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications market in particular, are highly competitive. We 
expect  competition  to  increase  and  intensify  as  more  and  larger  semiconductor  companies  enter  our  markets.  Increased 
competition could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and 
adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results. 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products 
to  smaller  companies  specializing  in  narrow  markets.  Our  primary  competitors  include  Acacia  Communications,  Inc., 
Broadcom Ltd., Integrated Device Technology, Inc., M/A-COM Technology Solutions Inc., MaxLinear, Inc., NTT Electronics 
Corporation, Qorvo, Inc. and Semtech Corp. as well as other smaller analog and mixed signal processing companies. We 
expect competition in our target markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product 
offerings. 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and 
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate 
intensified  as our  customers  reduced  their purchase orders.  Many  of our  competitors are  significantly  larger, have greater 
financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are, and have 
significantly  better  brand  recognition  and  broader  product  offerings  with  which  to  withstand  similar  adverse  economic  or 
market conditions in the future. These factors may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and 
our ability to compete successfully in those markets. 

We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal 

competitive factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

product performance; 

power budget; 

features and functionality; 

customer relationships; 

size; 

ease of system design; 

product roadmap; 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

reputation and reliability; 

customer support; and 

price. 

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. We maintain our competitive position through 
our ability to successfully design, develop and market complex high-speed analog and mixed signal solutions for the customers 
that we serve. 

Intellectual Property  

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, 
and  contractual  protections,  to  protect  our  core  technology  and  intellectual  property.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had 
893 issued and allowed patents and other patent applications pending in the United States. The 780 issued and allowed patents 
in  the  United  States  expire  in  the  years  beginning  in  2020 through  2038.  Many  of  our  issued  patents  and  pending  patent 
applications relate to high-speed circuit and package designs. 

We may not receive competitive advantages from any rights granted under our patents, and our patent applications may 
not result in the issuance of any patents. In addition, any future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed 
around  by  a  third  party  or  found  to  be  unenforceable  or  invalidated.  Others  may  develop  technologies  that  are  similar  or 
superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed by 
us. 

In addition to our own intellectual property, we also use third-party licensors for certain technologies embedded in our 
semiconductor  solutions.  These  are  typically  non-exclusive  contracts  provided  under  paid-up  licenses.  These  licenses  are 
generally perpetual or automatically renewed for so long as we continue to pay any maintenance fees that may be due. To 
date, maintenance fees have not constituted a significant portion of our annual capital expenditures. We have entered into a 
number of licensing arrangements pursuant to which we license third-party technologies. We do not believe our business is 
dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party license. 

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, 
including  contractual  protections  with  employees,  contractors  and  customers.  We  rely  in  part  on  United  States  and 
international copyright laws to protect our mask work. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality 
agreements  in  connection  with  their  employment  and  consulting  relationships  with  us.  We  also  require  them  to  agree  to 
disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship. 

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use 
our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property. In addition, we intend to 
expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available 
or may be limited in foreign countries. 

The  semiconductor  industry  is  characterized  by  vigorous  protection  and  pursuit  of  intellectual  property  rights  and 
positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have in the past received and, 
particularly  as  a  public  company,  we  expect  that  in  the  future  we  may  receive,  communications  from  various  industry 
participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. Any lawsuits could 
subject  us  to  significant  liability  for  damages,  invalidate  our  proprietary  rights  and  harm  our  business  and  our  ability  to 
compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur substantial expenses, reduce our sales and 
divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event we receive an adverse result in any litigation, we 
could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms 
or  at  all,  cease  sale  of  products,  expend  significant  resources  to  develop  alternative  technology  or  discontinue  the  use  of 
processes requiring the relevant technology. 

Cybersecurity 

We have designed and implemented and continue to maintain a security program consisting of policies, procedures, and 
technology meant to maintain the privacy, security and integrity of our information, systems, and networks. Among other 
things, the program includes controls designed to limit and monitor access to authorized systems, networks, and data, prevent 
inappropriate access or modification, and monitor for threats or vulnerability. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Employees  

At  December  31,  2019,  we  employed  685 full-time  equivalent  employees,  including  451  in  research,  product 
development  and  engineering,  61  in  sales  and  marketing,  64 in  general  and  administrative  management  and  109  in 
manufacturing engineering and operations. We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced 
a work stoppage. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement, 
except for certain employees in Argentina. 

Other 

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2000 as TCom Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Inphi 
Corporation in February 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, 
California  95054.  Our  telephone  number  at  that  location  is  (408) 217-7300.  Our  website  address  is  www.inphi.com. 
Information  on  our  website  is  not  part  of  this  report  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  in  determining  whether  to  make  an 
investment decision. The inclusion of our website address in this report does not include or incorporate by reference into this 
report any information on our website. 

We electronically file our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form  
8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information 
statements,  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file  electronically  with  the  SEC.  The  address  of  that  site  is 
http://www.sec.gov.   You may obtain a free copy of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and 
current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports with the SEC on our website. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Risks Related to Our Business 

Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to fluctuate. 

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due to 
a  variety  of  factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  Factors  relating  to  our  business  that  may  contribute  to  these 
fluctuations include the following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere herein: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the receipt, reduction or cancellation of orders by customers; 

fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers; 

the gain or loss of significant customers; 

changes in orders or purchasing patterns from one or more of our major customers; 

•  market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis; 

the timing and extent of product development costs; 

new product announcements and introductions by us or our competitors; 

incurrence of research and development and related new product expenditures; 

cyclical fluctuations in our markets; 

fluctuations in our manufacturing yields; 

significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers; 

changes in our product mix or customer mix; 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

intellectual property disputes; 

the impact of the business acquisitions and dispositions we make; and 

loss of key personnel or the inability to attract qualified engineers. 

As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as 
indications of our future revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our 
share price to decline. 

We incurred net losses in the past. We may incur net losses in the future. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $242.8 million. We have incurred net losses in the past and 
may incur net losses in the future. We generated a net loss of $72.9 million, $95.8 million and $74.9 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant 
reduction in sales to, one or more of our major customers could negatively impact our revenue and operating results. In 
addition, if we offer more favorable prices to attract or retain customers, our average selling prices and gross margins 
would decline. 

In the year ended December 31, 2019, we believe that sales to Microsoft and Huawei, directly and indirectly, through 
subcontractors, accounted for approximately 14% and 11% of our total revenue, respectively, and that our 10 largest direct 
customers collectively accounted for approximately 70% of our total revenue.   We sell products to Fabrinet, a subcontractor 
who sells to various end customers.  Included in the 10 largest direct customers are sales to Fabrinet, which accounted for 
approximately 11% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.  We believe, in the aggregate, sales to Cisco, 
including its subcontractors was significant but less than 10% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.  In 
the year ended December 31, 2018, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through 
subcontractors, accounted for approximately 18%, 14% and 11% of our total revenue, respectively, and that our 10 largest 
direct  customers  collectively  accounted  for  approximately  74% of  our  total  revenue.  We  sell  products  to  Cyberlink,  a 
distributor  who  sells  to  various  end  customers. Included  in  the  10  largest  direct  customers  are  sales  to  Cyberlink  which 
accounted for approximately 11% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018.  In the year ended December 
31, 2017, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted 
for approximately 17%, 14%, and 11% of our total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest direct customers collectively 
accounted for approximately 70% of our total revenue. No other single customer directly or indirectly accounted for more 
than 10% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 or 2017. We believe our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue 
to depend on sales to a relatively small number of customers. In the future, these customers may decide not to purchase our 
products at all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may alter their purchasing patterns. Further, the 
amount of revenue attributable to any single customer or our customer concentration generally, may fluctuate in any given 
period. 

In addition, our relationships with some customers may deter other potential customers who compete with these customers 
from buying our products. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we may offer these customers favorable 
prices on our products. In that event, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. The loss of a key customer, 
a reduction in sales to any key customer or our inability to attract new significant customers could negatively impact our 
revenue and materially and adversely affect our results of operations. 

In January 2019, the U.S. Department of Justice indicted Huawei, certain of its subsidiaries and its chief financial officer, 
for  theft  of  trade  secrets,  financial  fraud,  obstruction  of  justice  and  other  charges.  In  May  2019,  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Commerce added Huawei and certain of its non-U.S. affiliates to the Entity List, imposing U.S. export license requirements 
for exports or re-exports to listed entities of all items subject to the Export Administration Regulations (EAR). In August 2019, 
additional  Huawei  non-U.S.  affiliates  were  added  to  the  Entity  List.  In  conjunction  with  the  initial  May  2019  Entity  List 
designation, the U.S. Department of Commerce issued a Temporary General License authorizing specific, limited transactions 
involving the export, reexport, and transfer of items to Huawei and certain of its affiliates. This Temporary General License 
was most recently renewed on February 13, 2020.  We are currently unable to predict the outcome of this matter and therefore, 
cannot determine the likelihood of its impact on our business. However, due to the volume of our sales, directly and indirectly, 
to Huawei, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected pending and 
following the outcome of this matter and/or other related discussions between the governments of China and the United States 
of America. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers and if our customers cancel or change their 

purchase commitments, our revenue and operating results could suffer. 

Substantially  all  of  our  sales  to  date  have  been  made  on  a  purchase  order  basis.  We  do  not  have  any  long-term 
commitments  with  any  of  our  customers.  As  a  result,  our  customers  may  cancel,  change  or  delay  product  purchase 
commitments with little or no notice to us and without penalty. This in turn could cause our revenue to decline and materially 
and adversely affect our results of operations. 

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming, costly to defend or settle 

and result in the loss of significant rights and which could harm our relationships with our customers and distributors. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by companies that hold patents and other intellectual property rights and that 
vigorously pursue, protect and enforce intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties may assert against us and 
our  customers  and  distributors  their  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  to  technologies  that  are  important  to  our 
business. 

Claims that our products, processes or technology infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit 
or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical 
personnel. For example, Netlist, Inc. filed a suit against us in the United States District Court, Central District of California, 
in September 2009, alleging that our iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe three of Netlist’s patents. 
This litigation is ongoing. 

Infringement claims also could harm our relationships with our customers or distributors and might deter future customers 
from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in these proceedings given the complex technical issues 
and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome, 
we could be required to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology; 

pay substantial damages for infringement; 

expend  significant  resources  to  develop  non-infringing  products,  processes  or  technology,  which  may  not  be
successful; 

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all; 

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to 
compete with that competitor; or 

pay substantial damages to our customers or end-users to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing technology
sold to them with non-infringing technology, if available. 

Any  of  the  foregoing  results  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 

operations. 

Winning business is subject to lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures 
prior  to  generating  any  revenue  or  without  any  guarantee  of  any  revenue  related  to  this  business.  Even  if  we  begin  a 
product design, a customer may decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenue 
from a product. If we fail to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop our products, our business 
and operating results would suffer. 

We are focused on winning more competitive bid processes, known as “design wins,” that enable us to sell our high-speed 
analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes typically are 
lengthy and can require us to incur significant design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources 
in pursuit of a single customer opportunity. We may not win the competitive selection process and may never generate any 
revenue despite incurring significant design and development expenditures. Failure to obtain a design win could prevent us 
from  offering  an  entire  generation  of  a  product.  This  could  cause  us  to  lose  revenue  and  require  us  to  write-off  obsolete 
inventory, and could weaken our position in future competitive selection processes. Even after securing a design win, we may 
experience delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy development cycle typically required. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our customers generally take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our products. Our design cycle from initial engagement 
to volume shipment is typically two to three years. 

The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce or 
delay its product plans or adopt a competing design from one of our competitors, causing us to lose anticipated revenue. In 
addition, any delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we may 
have incurred significant expense without generating any revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market and 
sell their products could reduce demand for our products and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. If we were unable to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop any of our 
products, our business would suffer. 

Our customers require our products and our third-party contractors to undergo a lengthy and expensive qualification 
process which does not assure product sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a 
customer, our business and operating results would suffer. 

Prior to purchasing our products, our customers require that both our products and our third-party contractors undergo 
extensive  qualification  processes,  which  involve  testing  of  our  products  in  the  customers’  systems,  as  well  as  testing  for 
reliability. This qualification process may continue for several months. However, qualification of a product by a customer 
does  not  assure  any  sales  of  the  product  to  that  customer.  Even  after  successful  qualification  and  sales  of  a  product  to  a 
customer, a subsequent revision in our third party contractors’ manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may 
require a new qualification process with our customers, which may result in delays and in our holding excess or obsolete 
inventory.  After  our  products  are  qualified,  it  can  take  several  months  or  more  before  the  customer  commences  volume 
production  of  components  or  systems  that  incorporate  our  products.  Despite  these  uncertainties,  we  devote  substantial 
resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualify our products with customers in 
anticipation  of  sales.  If  we  are  unsuccessful  or  delayed  in  qualifying  any  of  our  products  with  a  customer,  sales  of  those 
products to the customer may be precluded or delayed, which may impede our growth and cause our business to suffer. 

The  complexity  of  our  products  could  result  in  undetected  defects  and  we  may  be  subject  to  warranty  claims  and 
product liability, which could result in a decrease in customers and revenue, unexpected expenses and loss of market share. 
In addition, our product liability insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from product defects or otherwise. 

Our  products  are  sold  as  components  or  as  modules  for  use  in  larger  electronic  equipment  sold  by  our  customers.  A 
product usually goes through an intense qualification and testing period performed by our customers before being used in 
production.  We  primarily  outsource  our  product  testing  to  third  parties  and  also  perform  some  testing  in  our  Irvine  and 
Westlake Village, California facilities. We inspect and test parts, or have them inspected and tested in order to screen out parts 
that may be weak or potentially suffer a defect incurred through the manufacturing process. From time to time, we are subject 
to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or pay 
damage awards. 

Generally, our  agreements  seek  to  limit  our  liability  to  the  replacement  of  the  part or  to  the revenue received for  the 
product, but these limitations on liability may not be effective or sufficient in scope in all cases. If a customer’s equipment 
fails in use, the customer may incur significant monetary damages including an equipment recall or associated replacement 
expenses, as well as lost revenue. The customer may claim that a defect in our product caused the equipment failure and assert 
a claim against us to recover monetary damages. The process of identifying a defective or potentially defective product in 
systems that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources. We may test the affected product 
to determine the root cause of the problem and to determine appropriate solutions. We may find an appropriate solution or a 
temporary fix while a permanent solution is being determined. If we are unable to determine the root cause, find an appropriate 
solution or offer a temporary fix, we may delay shipment to customers. As a result, we may incur significant replacement 
costs, customers may bring contract damage claims and our reputation may be harmed. In certain situations, circumstances 
might warrant that we consider incurring the costs or expense related to a recall of one of our products in order to avoid the 
potential claims that may be raised should the customer reasonably rely upon our product only to suffer a failure due to a 
design or manufacturing process defect. Defects in our products could harm our relationships with our customers and damage 
our reputation. Customers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could harm our ability to retain existing customers and 
attract new customers and our financial results. In addition, the cost of defending these claims and satisfying any arbitration 
award or judicial judgment with respect to these claims could harm our business prospects and financial condition. Although 
we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or 
otherwise. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We rely on our relationships with industry and technology leaders to enhance our product offerings and our inability 

to continue to develop or maintain such relationships in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We develop many of our semiconductor products for applications in systems that are driven by industry and technology 
leaders  in  the  communications  market.  We  also  work  with  OEMs,  system  manufacturers  and  standards  bodies  to  define 
industry conventions and standards within our target markets. We believe these relationships enhance our ability to achieve 
market  acceptance  and  widespread  adoption  of  our  products.  If  we  are  unable  to  continue  to  develop  or  maintain  these 
relationships,  our  semiconductor  solutions  would  become  less  desirable  to  our  customers,  our  sales  would  suffer  and  our 
competitive position could be harmed. 

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to market trends or fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced 
products to address these trends on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our 
competitive position could be harmed. 

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological 
obsolescence. We have developed products that may have long product life cycles of 10 years or more. We believe that our 
future success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new technologies and products that generate new sources of 
revenue to replace, or build upon, existing product revenue streams that may be dependent upon limited product life cycles. If 
we are not able to repeatedly introduce, in successive years, new products that ship in volume, our revenue will likely not 
grow and may decline significantly and rapidly. For example, we introduced ColorZ® in 2016 and began to ship in commercial 
volume in 2017. Sales of ColorZ® comprised 15%, 18% and 17% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
In 2012, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential input linear transimpedance/variable-gain 
amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D product comprised 10% of our 
total revenue in 2017. There were no other products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 or 2017. 

The IN3250TA-SO2D product matured in 2017 and as a result, sales of these products declined and were supplanted in 
part  by  newer  parts  which  we  developed.  This  underscores  the  importance  of  the  need  for  us  to  continually  develop  and 
introduce new products to diversify our revenue base as well as generate new revenue to replace and build upon the success 
of previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. 

To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly 
higher levels of performance and reliability while meeting the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new 
products by our competitors, the delay or cancellation of a platform for which any of our semiconductor solutions are designed, 
the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could 
render our existing or future products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete and otherwise unmarketable. Our 
failure to anticipate or timely develop new or enhanced products or technologies in response to technological shifts could 
result  in  decreased  revenue  and  our  competitors  winning  design  wins.  In  particular,  we  may  experience  difficulties  with 
product  design,  manufacturing,  marketing  or  certification  that  could  delay  or  prevent  our  development,  introduction  or 
marketing  of  new  or  enhanced  products.  Although  we  believe  our  products  are  fully  compliant  with  applicable  industry 
standards, proprietary enhancements may not in the future result in full conformance with existing industry standards under 
all  circumstances.  Due  to  the  interdependence  of  various  components  in  the  systems  within  which  our  products  and  the 
products of our competitors operate, customers are unlikely to change to another design, once adopted, until the next generation 
of a technology. As a result, if we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers or penetrate 
new  markets  in  a  timely  fashion,  and  our  designs  do  not  gain  acceptance,  we  will  lose  market  share  and  our  competitive 
position, very likely on an extended basis, and our operating results will be adversely affected. 

If sufficient market demand for 100G/200G/400G solutions does not develop or develops more slowly than expected, 
or if we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for 100G/200G/400G solutions, our business, 
competitive position and operating results would suffer. 

We are currently investing significant resources to develop semiconductor solutions supporting 100G/200G/400G data 
transmission rates in order to increase the number of such solutions in our product line. If we fail to accurately predict market 
requirements or market demand for 100G/200G/400G semiconductor solutions, or if our 100G/200G/400G semiconductor 
solutions are not successfully developed or competitive in the industry, our business will suffer. If 100G/200G/400G networks 
are  deployed  to  a  lesser  extent  or  more  slowly  than  we  currently  anticipate,  we  may  not  realize  any  benefits  from  our 
investment. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results would suffer. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect and are subject to market risks including new 

competition, any of which could materially harm our business, revenue and operating results. 

To date, a substantial portion of our revenue has been attributable to demand for our products in the communications and 
cloud markets and the growth of these overall markets. These markets have fluctuated in size and growth in recent times. Our 
operating results are impacted by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market 
adoption of next generation technologies, such as 100G and 100Gbe CMOS CDR and SerDes, in data centers, communications 
and enterprise networks, timing of next generation network upgrades, the introduction and broader market adoption of next 
generation server platforms and the timing of enterprise upgrades. We are unable to predict the timing or direction of the 
development of these markets with any accuracy. In addition, because some of our products are not limited in the systems or 
geographic  areas  in  which  they  may  be  deployed,  we  cannot  always  determine  with  accuracy  how,  where  or  into  which 
applications our products are being deployed. If our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we currently expect, 
demand for our semiconductor products may decrease and our business, revenue, and operating results could suffer. 

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products, and the failure to manage 
our relationships with our third-party contractors successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our 
products and our reputation. Our revenue and operating results would suffer if these third parties fail to deliver products 
or components in a timely manner and at reasonable cost or if manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated as we may 
be unable to obtain alternative manufacturing capacity. 

We operate an outsourced manufacturing business model. As a result, we rely on third-party foundry wafer fabrication 
and assembly and test capacity. We also perform testing in our Irvine and Westlake Village, California facilities. We generally 
use  a  single  foundry  for  the  production  of  each  of  our  various  semiconductors.  Currently,  our  principal  foundries  are 
GlobalFoundries,  TSMC,  TowerJazz,  and  WIN  Semiconductors.  We  also  use  third-party  contract  manufacturers  for  a 
significant  majority of  our  assembly  and  test  operations,  including Kyocera,  ASE,  Giga  Solution,  ISE  Labs,  Presto,  Tong 
Hsing, LuxNet and STATS ChipPAC. 

Relying on third-party manufacturing, assembly and testing presents significant risks to us, including the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

failure by us, our customers or their end customers to qualify a selected supplier; 

capacity shortages during periods of high demand; 

reduced control over delivery schedules and quality; 

shortages of materials; 

•  misappropriation of our intellectual property; 

• 

• 

limited warranties on wafers or products supplied to us; and 

potential increases in prices. 

The ability and willingness of our third-party contractors to perform is largely outside our control. If one or more of our 
contract manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, 
our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if that manufacturing capacity is reduced 
or eliminated at one or more facilities, including as a response to the recent worldwide decline in the semiconductor industry, 
or any of those facilities are unable to keep pace with the growth of our business, we could have difficulties fulfilling our 
customer orders and our revenue could decline. In addition, if these third parties fail to deliver quality products and components 
on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders, our revenue could decline and our 
business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Additionally,  as  many  of  our  fabrication  and  assembly  and  test  contractors  are  located  in  the  Pacific  Rim  region, 
principally in Taiwan, our manufacturing capacity may be similarly reduced or eliminated due to natural disasters, including 
earthquakes, political unrest, war, labor strikes, work stoppages or public health crises. This could cause significant delays in 
shipments of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembly or testing from the affected contractor to 
another third-party vendor. There can be no assurance that alternative manufacturing capacity could be obtained on favorable 
terms, if at all. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our costs may increase substantially if the wafer foundries that supply our products do not achieve satisfactory product 

yields or quality. 

The wafer fabrication process is an extremely complicated process where the slightest changes in the design, specifications 
or materials can result in material decreases in manufacturing yields or even the suspension of production. From time to time, 
our  third-party  wafer  foundries  have  experienced,  and  are  likely  to  experience,  manufacturing  defects  and  reduced 
manufacturing yields related to errors or problems in their manufacturing processes or the interrelationship of their processes 
with our designs. In some cases, our third-party wafer foundries may not be able to detect these defects early in the fabrication 
process or determine the cause of such defects in a timely manner. We may incur substantial research and development expense 
for prototype or development stage products as we qualify the products for production. 

Generally, in pricing our semiconductors, we assume that manufacturing yields will continue to increase, even as the 
complexity  of  our  semiconductors  increases.  Once  our  semiconductors  are  initially  qualified  with  our  third-party  wafer 
foundries, minimum acceptable yields are established. We are responsible for the costs of the wafers if the actual yield is 
above  the  minimum.  If  actual  yields  are  below  the  minimum  we  are  not  required  to  purchase  the  wafers.  The  minimum 
acceptable yields for our new products are generally lower at first and increase as we achieve full production. Unacceptably 
low product yields or other product manufacturing problems could substantially increase the overall production time and costs 
and adversely impact our operating results on sales of our products. Product yield losses will increase our costs and reduce 
our gross margin. In addition to significantly harming our operating results and cash flow, poor yields may delay shipment of 
our products and harm our relationships with existing and potential customers. 

We do not have any long-term supply contracts with our contract manufacturers or suppliers, and any disruption in 

our supply of products or materials could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue and operating results. 

We  currently  do  not  have  long-term  supply  contracts  with  any  of  our  third-party  contract  manufacturers.  We  make 
substantially  all  of our purchases on  a purchase  order  basis,  and our  contract  manufacturers  are  not required  to  supply us 
products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately nine to 12 months to 
transition from our current foundry or assembly services to new providers. Such a transition would likely require a qualification 
process by our customers or their end customers. We generally place orders for products with some of our suppliers several 
months  prior  to  the  anticipated  delivery  date,  with  order  volumes  based  on  our  forecasts  of  demand  from  our  customers. 
Accordingly, if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may be unable to obtain adequate and cost-effective 
foundry  or  assembly  capacity  from  our  third-party  contractors  to  meet  our  customers’  delivery  requirements,  or  we  may 
accumulate excess inventories. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases in customer 
purchase  orders  and  therefore,  were  unable  to  benefit  from  this  incremental  demand.  None  of  our  third-party  contract 
manufacturers have provided any assurance to us that adequate capacity will be available to us within the time required to 
meet additional demand for our products. 

Our foundry vendors and assembly and test vendors may allocate capacity to the production of other companies’ products 
while reducing deliveries to us on short notice. In particular, other customers that are larger and better financed than us or that 
have long-term agreements with our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors may cause our foundry vendor or assembly 
and test vendors to reallocate capacity to those customers, decreasing the capacity available to us. We do not have long-term 
supply  contracts  with  our  third-party  contract  manufacturers  and  if  we  enter  into  costly  arrangements  with  suppliers  that 
include nonrefundable deposits or loans in exchange for capacity commitments, commitments to purchase specified quantities 
over extended periods or investment in a foundry, our operating results could be harmed. We may not be able to make any 
such arrangement in a timely fashion or at all, and any arrangements may be costly, reduce our financial flexibility, and not 
be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure foundry capacity, we may be obligated to use all of that capacity 
or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results. To date, we have not entered into 
such arrangements with our suppliers. If we need another foundry or assembly and test subcontractor because of increased 
demand,  or  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain  timely  and  adequate  deliveries  from  our  providers,  we  might  not  be  able  to  cost 
effectively and quickly retain other vendors to satisfy our requirements. 

Many of our customers depend on us as the sole source for a number of our products. If we are unable to deliver these 
products as the sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers, our relationships with these customers and our 
business would suffer. 

A number of our customers do not have alternative sources for our semiconductor solutions and depend on us as the sole 
supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers for these products. Since we outsource our manufacturing to third-party 
contractors,  our  ability  to  deliver  our  products  is  substantially  dependent  on  the  ability  and  willingness  of  our  third-party 
contractors to perform, which is largely outside our control. Failure to deliver our products in sufficient quantities or at all to 
our customers that depend on us as a sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers may be detrimental to their 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
business and, as a result, our relationship with such customer would be negatively impacted. If we are unable to maintain our 
relationships with these customers after such failure, our business and financial results may be harmed. 

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly our design and technical personnel, we 

may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively. 

Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including our management, sales and 
marketing, and finance, and particularly our design and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to retain 
all of these personnel as we continue to pursue our business strategy. Historically, we have encountered difficulties in hiring 
qualified engineers because there is a limited pool of engineers with the expertise required in our field, especially in the San 
Francisco  Bay  Area  where  our  headquarters  are  located.  Competition  for  these  personnel  is  intense  in  the  semiconductor 
industry. As the source of our technological and product innovations, our design and technical personnel represent a significant 
asset. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, especially our key design and technical personnel, or our 
inability to attract and retain qualified design and technical personnel, could harm our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and we may need to incur significant expenditures to address 
the additional operational and control requirements of our growth, either of which could harm our business and operating 
results. 

To  effectively  manage  our  growth,  we  must  continue  to  expand  our  operational,  engineering  and  financial  systems, 
procedures and controls and to improve our accounting and other internal management systems. This may require substantial 
managerial and financial resources, and our efforts in this regard may not be successful. Our current systems, procedures and 
controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. If we fail to adequately manage our growth, or to improve our 
operational, financial  and  management  information  systems,  or fail  to effectively  motivate  or  manage our  new and future 
employees, the quality of our products and the management of our operations could suffer, which could adversely affect our 
operating results. 

We face intense competition and expect competition to increase in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, it could 

have an adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share. 

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly 
competitive. We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal 
competitive factors, including product performance, power budget, features and functionality, customer relationships, size, 
ease of system design, product roadmap, reputation and reliability, customer support and price. We expect competition to 
increase and intensify as more and larger semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition could result in 
price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, 
revenue and operating results. 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to 
smaller companies specializing in narrow markets. Our primary competitors include Acacia Communications, Inc., Broadcom 
Ltd.,  Integrated  Device  Technology,  Inc.,  M/A-COM  Technology  Solutions  Inc.,  MaxLinear,  Inc., NTT  Electronics 
Corporation,  Qorvo,  Inc.  and  Semtech  Corp.  as  well  as  other  analog  and  mixed  signal  processing  companies.  We  expect 
competition in the markets in which we participate to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their 
product offerings. 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and 
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate 
intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and 
other resources with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments 
may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those 
markets. 

We use a significant amount of intellectual property in our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual 
property can be difficult and costly and if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely 
affected. 

Our  success  depends  in  part  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  To  accomplish  this,  we  rely  on  a 
combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States 
and  in  selected  foreign  countries  where  we  believe  filing  for  such  protection  is  appropriate.  Effective  protection  of  our 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
intellectual  property  rights  may  be  unavailable,  limited  or  not  applied  for  in  some  countries.  Some  of  our  products  and 
technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application, as we do not believe patent protection of these products and 
technologies is critical to our business strategy at this time. Failure to timely seek patent protection on products or technologies 
generally precludes us from seeking future patent protection on these products or technologies. We cannot guarantee that: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

any of our present or future patents or patent claims will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or 
abandoned; 

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us; 

our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes 
will not be limited by our agreements with third parties; 

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought; 

our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal 
protection may be weak; 

any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our 
business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; or 

•  we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against or to license our technology to others 

and collect royalties or other payments. 

In  addition, our  competitors or others  may  design  around our protected patents or  technologies.  Effective  intellectual 
property  protection  may  be  unavailable or  more  limited  in  one or  more  relevant  jurisdictions  relative  to  those protections 
available in the United States, or may not be applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. If we pursue litigation to assert 
our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any of these legal actions could limit our ability to assert our intellectual 
property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Monitoring  unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual  property  is  difficult  and  costly.  Unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual 
property may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize the risk of this occurring, 
any such failure to identify unauthorized use and otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property would adversely affect 
our business. Moreover, if we are required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant, not only would this be 
time-consuming, but we would also be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our employees, 
which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses. 

We also rely on contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants, and we 
implement security measures designed to protect our trade secrets. We cannot assure you that these contractual protections 
and security measures will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, 
employees or consultants will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of such contracts. 

In addition, we have a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license 
agreements require us to make one-time payments or ongoing royalty payments. We cannot guarantee that the third-party 
patents and technology we license will not be licensed to our competitors or others in the semiconductor industry. In the future, 
we may need to obtain additional licenses, renew existing license agreements or otherwise replace existing technology. We 
are  unable  to  predict  whether  these  license  agreements  can  be  obtained  or  renewed  or  the  technology  can  be  replaced  on 
acceptable terms, or at all. 

Average selling prices of our products generally decrease over time, which could negatively impact our revenue and 

gross margins. 

Our operating results may be impacted by a decline in the average selling prices of our semiconductors. If competition 
increases in our target markets, we may need to reduce the average unit price of our products in anticipation of competitive 
pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors and for other reasons. With respect to our new product 
offerings following our acquisition of eSilicon, we expect to offer higher volumes of products that have lower margins. If we 
are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volumes or introducing new products 
with higher margins, our revenue and gross margins will suffer. To maintain our revenue and gross margins, we must develop 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and  introduce  new  products  and  product  enhancements  on  a  timely  basis  and  continually  reduce  our  costs  as  well  as  our 
customers’ costs. Failure to do so would cause our revenue and gross margins to decline. 

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties, and differences between our estimates of customer demand and 

product mix and our actual results could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results. 

Our revenue is generated on the basis of purchase orders with our customers rather than long-term purchase commitments. 
In addition, our customers can cancel purchase orders or defer the shipments of our products under certain circumstances. Our 
products are manufactured using semiconductor foundries according to our estimates of customer demand, which requires us 
to make separate demand forecast assumptions for every customer, each of which may introduce significant variability into 
our aggregate estimates. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because of the complex supply 
chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product development cycle, it is 
critical  for  us  to  anticipate  changes  in  demand  for  our  various  product  features  and  the  applications  they  serve  to  allow 
sufficient time for product development and design. We have limited visibility into future customer demand and the product 
mix that our customers will require, which could adversely affect our revenue forecasts and operating margins. Moreover, 
because some of our target markets are relatively new, many of our customers have difficulty accurately forecasting their 
product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects their demand for 
our  products.  Our  failure  to  accurately  forecast  demand  can  lead  to  product  shortages  that  can  impede  production  by  our 
customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix 
can  result  in  excess  or  obsolete  inventory.  For  example,  some  of  our  customers  may  cancel  purchase  orders  or  delay  the 
shipment  of  their  products  that  incorporate  our  products  as  a  result  of  component  shortages  they  may  experience  due  to 
earthquakes and tsunamis in Japan or Taiwan, or likewise with respect to flooding in Thailand, which may result in excess or 
obsolete inventory and impact our sales and operating results. In addition, the rapid pace of innovation in our industry could 
also  render  significant  portions  of  our  inventory  obsolete.  Excess  or  obsolete  inventory  levels  could  result  in  unexpected 
expenses or increases in our reserves that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In 
contrast, if we were to underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity were unavailable, we could 
forego revenue opportunities, potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. In addition, any significant 
future cancellations or deferrals of product orders or the return of previously sold products due to manufacturing defects could 
materially and adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and restrict our ability 
to fund our operations. 

We rely on third-party sales representatives and distributors to assist in selling our products. If we fail to retain or find 
additional sales representatives and distributors, or if any of these parties fail to perform as expected, it could reduce our 
future sales. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we derived approximately 87% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales 
team and third-party sales representatives and 13% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. For the year ended 
December 31, 2018, we derived approximately 84% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and third-party 
sales representatives and 16% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 
we derived approximately 82% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives 
and 18% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. We are unable to predict the extent to which these third-
party sales representatives and distributors will be successful in marketing and selling our products. Moreover, many of these 
third-party sales representatives and distributors also market and sell competing products, which may affect the extent to which 
they promote our products. Even where our relationships are formalized in contracts, our third-party sales representatives and 
distributors often have the right to terminate their relationships with us at any time. Our future performance will also depend, 
in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party sales representatives and distributors who will be able to market and 
support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously sold our products. If we cannot retain 
our  current  distributors  or  find  additional  or  replacement  third-party  sales  representatives  and  distributors,  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Additionally, if we terminate our relationship with a distributor, 
we may be obligated to repurchase unsold products. We record a reserve for estimated returns and price credits. If actual 
returns and credits exceed our estimates, our operating results could be harmed. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors and a number of our facilities are located in regions that 
are subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters. Any catastrophic loss to any of these facilities would likely disrupt 
our operations and result in significant expenses and could adversely affect our business. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are subject to risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood or 
other natural or man-made disasters. A number of our facilities and those of our contract manufacturers are located in areas 
with above average seismic activity and also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Several foundries that manufacture 
our wafers are located in Taiwan, Japan and California, and a majority of our third-party contractors who assemble and test 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
our products are located in Asia. In addition, our headquarters are located in California. The risk of an earthquake in the Pacific 
Rim region or California is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines. Any catastrophic loss to any of 
these facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in significant expenses 
to repair or replace the facility. In particular, any catastrophic loss at our California locations would materially and adversely 
affect our business. 

We rely on third-party technologies for the development of our products and our inability to use such technologies in 

the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We rely on third parties for technologies that are integrated into our products, such as wafer fabrication and assembly and 
test technologies used by our contract manufacturers, as well as licensed architecture technologies. If we are unable to continue 
to use or license these technologies on reasonable terms, or if these technologies fail to operate properly, we may not be able 
to secure alternatives in a timely manner or at all, and our ability to remain competitive would be harmed. In addition, if we 
are unable to successfully license technology from third parties to develop future products, we may not be able to develop 
such products in a timely manner or at all. 

Our business would be adversely affected by the departure of existing members of our senior management team and 

other key personnel. 

Our  success  depends,  in  large  part,  on  the  continued  contributions  of  our  senior  management  team,  in  particular,  the 
services  of  certain  key  personnel.  Changes  in  our  management  team  could  negatively  affect  our  operations  and  our 
relationships  with  our  customers,  employees  and  market  leaders.  In  addition,  we  have  not  entered  into  non-compete 
agreements with members of our senior management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team or key 
personnel could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market conditions in 
which we operate. 

We may acquire businesses, enter into licensing arrangements or make investments in other companies or technologies 
that  disrupt  our  business,  are  difficult  to  integrate,  impair  our  operating  results,  dilute  our  stockholders’  ownership, 
increase our debt, divert management resources or cause us to incur significant expense. 

As  part  of  our  business  strategy,  we  have  pursued  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  pursue  in  the  future  acquisitions  of 
businesses  and  assets,  as  well  as  technology  licensing  arrangements  that  we  believe  will  complement  our  business, 
semiconductor solutions or technologies. For example, we acquired eSilicon in January 2020 to accelerate our roadmap in 
telecommunications  customers.   We  also  acquired   ClariPhy 
developing  electro-optics  solutions  for  cloud  and 
Communications, Inc. (ClariPhy) in December 2016 to help expand our optical networking platform portfolio. We also may 
pursue  strategic  alliances  that  leverage  our  core  technology  and  industry  experience  to  expand  our  product  offerings  or 
distribution, or make investments in other companies. Any acquisition involves a number of risks, many of which could harm 
our business, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the 
acquired company or business; 

realizing the anticipated benefits of any acquisition; 

difficulty in transitioning and supporting customers, if any, of the acquired company; 

difficulty in transitioning and collaborating with suppliers, if any, of the acquired company; 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations; 

the risk that the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we 
could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity; 

potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the acquired 
company’s business; 

inability to successfully bring newly acquired products to market or achieve design wins with such products; 

fluctuations in industry trends that change the demand or purchasing volume of newly acquired products; 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

assumption  of  unanticipated  problems  or  latent  liabilities,  such  as  problems  with  the  quality  of  the  acquired 
products; 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs; 

dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions; 

inability to successfully complete transactions with a suitable acquisition candidate; and 

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different 
from applicable U.S. practices and requirements. 

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential 
impairments, which could harm our financial results. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2017, we abandoned 
a project related to certain developed technology and in-process research and development from the ClariPhy acquisition and 
recorded an impairment charge of $47.0 million. The abandonment of the project was primarily related to change in product 
roadmap that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017. If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, 
it may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions or investments, and we may incur costs 
in excess of what we anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise 
adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results. 

To finance any acquisitions or investments, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock or convertible debt as 
consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we 
may not be able to acquire other companies for stock. In addition, newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or 
privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms 
of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our 
operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. Additional funds may not be available on terms that 
are favorable to us, or at all. 

The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks 
could  materially  harm  our  business  and  financial  results. We  may  not  achieve  all  of  the  anticipated benefits  of  any  of our 
acquisitions,  including  our  acquisition  of  eSilicon,  due  to  a  number  of  factors  including:  unanticipated  costs  or  liabilities 
associated with the acquisition, incurrence of acquisition-related costs, harm to our relationships with existing customers as a 
result of the acquisition, harm to our brands and reputation, the loss of key employees of the acquired company, significant 
impairments of anticipated goodwill and other intangible assets and the use of resources that are needed in other parts of our 
business. 

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions, which in turn could harm our business and operating 

results. 

We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits of any of our acquisitions in a timely manner or at all, including our 
acquisition of eSilicon,  due  to  a  number  of  factors  including:  failure  to  successfully  integrate  the  acquired  business,  the 
assumption of known and unknown costs or liabilities associated with the acquisitions, incurrence of acquisition-related costs, 
harm to our relationships with existing customers as a result of the acquisitions, harm to our brands and reputation, the loss of 
key  employees  of  the  acquired  companies,  negative  market  reaction  thereto,  inability  to  successfully  extend  and  expand 
product offerings, significant impairments of anticipated goodwill and other intangible assets, the possibility that we paid more 
for the acquired companies than the value we will derive from the acquisitions, and the use of resources that are needed in 
other parts of our business. 

If  we  are  not  able  to  successfully  combine  the  business  of  eSilicon  within  the  anticipated  time  frame,  or  at  all,  the 
anticipated cost savings and other benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize 
than expected, the combined businesses may not perform as expected and the value of the shares of our common stock may be 
adversely affected. In addition, if we are not able to realize higher volumes of sales for our eSilicon products which have lower 
margins, our revenue and gross margins will suffer. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Prior to the acquisition, we and eSilicon operated independently, and there can be no assurances that the businesses can be 
integrated successfully. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of our or eSilicon’s key employees, the 
disruption  of  either  or  both  company’s  ongoing  businesses,  higher  than  expected  integration  costs  and  an  overall  post-
completion integration process that takes longer than originally anticipated. Specifically, issues that must be addressed to realize 
the anticipated benefits of the acquisition so the combined business performs as expected include, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

integrating the companies’ technologies, products and services; 

identifying and eliminating redundant and underperforming operations and assets; 

harmonizing  the  companies’  operating  practices,  employee  development  and  compensation  programs,  internal 
controls and other policies, procedures and processes; 

addressing possible differences in business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies; 

consolidating the companies’ corporate, administrative and information technology infrastructure; 

•  managing the movement of certain businesses and positions to different locations; 

•  maintaining existing agreements with customers and vendors and avoiding delays in entering into new agreements 

with prospective customers and vendors; and 

• 

consolidating our and eSilicon’s offices that are currently in or near the same location. 

Lawsuits have been threatened and may be filed against us, eSilicon, their affiliates and their board of directors and 
executive  officers  challenging  aspects  of  the  merger.  An  adverse  ruling  in  any  such  lawsuit  may  result  in  additional 
payments and costs. 

We  and  eSilicon  have  received  written  communications  from  certain  former  stockholders  of  eSilicon  demanding  to 
inspect eSilicon’s books and records and indicating that such stockholders will be seeking appraisal of shares they held in 
eSilicon. Certain of these former eSilicon stockholders also have stated that they may assert claims against eSilicon’s directors 
and senior officers for alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and other violations in connection with the merger between eSilicon 
and our subsidiary. We are unaware of any petition for appraisal and/or lawsuit being filed by any former eSilicon stockholder. 

We  believe  that  the  claims  in  such  written  communications  are  without  merit,  and  plan  to  vigorously  defend  against 
lawsuits arising out of or relating to the merger agreement and/or the merger that may be filed in the future. However, any 
adverse ruling in such potential cases could result in additional payments. Even if the lawsuits are without merit, defending 
against these claims can result in substantial costs and divert management time and resources. An adverse judgment could 
result in monetary damages, which could have a negative impact on our liquidity and financial condition. 

We may sell one or more of our product lines, from time to time, as a result of our evaluation of our products and 
markets,  and  any  divestiture  could  adversely  affect  our  continuing  business  and  our  expenses,  revenues,  results  of 
operation, cash flows and financial position. 

We periodically evaluate our various product lines and may, as a result, consider the divestiture of one or more of those 
product lines. For example, in August 2016, we sold our memory product business to Rambus Inc. for $90 million in cash. 
Any divestiture could adversely affect our continuing business and expenses, revenues, results of operations, cash flows and 
financial position. 

Divestitures of product lines have inherent risks, including the expense of selling the product line, the possibility that any 
anticipated sale will not occur, delays in closing any sale, the risk of lower-than-expected proceeds from the sale of the divested 
business, unexpected costs associated with the separation of the business to be sold from the seller’s information technology 
and other operating systems, and potential post-closing claims for indemnification or breach of transition services obligations 
of the seller. Expected cost savings, which are offset by revenue losses from divested businesses, may also be difficult to 
achieve or maximize due to the seller’s fixed cost structure, and a seller may experience varying success in reducing fixed 
costs or transferring liabilities previously associated with the divested business. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
Our business is dependent on capital expenditures by service providers, and any downturn that they experience could 

negatively impact our business. 

Our  business depends  on  continued  capital  expenditures  by  communication  service  providers  and  is  subject  to  the 
cyclicality  of  such  expenditures.  Our  communications  semiconductor  products  are  sold  primarily  to  network  equipment 
vendors that in turn sell their equipment to service providers. If the demand for our customers’ products declines or fails to 
increase, as a result of lower capital expenditures by service providers or any other factors, demand for our products will be 
similarly  affected.  The  global  economic  downturn  caused  a  significant  reduction  in  capital  spending  on  communications 
network equipment. While we are beginning to see improvement, there are no guarantees that this growth will continue, which 
could result in market volatility or another downturn. If there is another downturn, our business, operating results and financial 
condition may be materially harmed. 

Our high-speed interconnect and optical transport business has historically relied on a small number of key customers 
for a substantial portion of its revenue, and the loss of one or more of these key customers or the diminished demand for 
these products from one or more such key customers would significantly reduce our revenue and profits. 

With respect to our high-speed interconnect and optical transport business, a small number of customers have historically 
accounted for a substantial portion of the revenues in any particular period. We anticipate that our relationships with these key 
customers will continue to be important to this business, and we expect that this customer concentration will increase in the 
future. We have no long-term volume purchase commitments from our key customers. These customers may decide not to 
purchase our products at all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may otherwise alter their purchasing 
patterns. Reductions, delays and cancellation of orders from our key customers or the loss of one or more key customers would 
significantly reduce our revenue and profits. 

The failure of our distributors to perform as expected could materially reduce our future revenue or negatively impact 

our reported financial results. 

We relied on a number of distributors, in particular Cyberlink, Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Paltek Corporation, to help 
generate customer demand, provide technical support and other value-added services to its customers, fill customer orders and 
stock its products. These distributors do not sell those products exclusively, and to the extent they choose to emphasize a 
competitor’s products over our products, our results of operations could be harmed. Our contracts with these distributors may 
be terminated by either party with notice. Our distributors are located all over the world, and are of various sizes and financial 
conditions. Lower sales, lower earnings, debt downgrades, the inability to access capital  markets and higher interest rates 
could potentially affect our distributors’ operations. Further, our distributors have contractual rights to return unsold inventory 
to us, and, if this were to happen, we could incur significant cost in finding alternative sales channels for these products or 
through write-offs. Any adverse condition experienced by our distributors could negatively impact their level of support for 
our products or the rate at which they make payments to us and, consequently, could harm our results of operations. We rely 
on accurate and timely sales reports from our distributors in order for our financial results to represent the actual sales that our 
distributors make for us in any given period. Any inaccuracies or delays in these reports could negatively affect our ability to 
produce accurate and timely financial reports and to recognize revenue. We also rely on distributors for sales forecasts, and 
any inaccuracies in such forecasts could impair the accuracy of our projections and planned operations. 

Our portfolio of marketable securities is significant and subject to market, interest and credit risk that may reduce its 

value. 

We maintain a significant portfolio of marketable securities. Changes in the value of this portfolio could adversely affect 
our earnings. In particular, the value of our investments may decline due to increases in interest rates, downgrades of money 
market  funds,  U.S.  Treasuries,  municipal  bonds,  corporate  bonds,  certificates  of  deposit,  variable  rate  demand  notes, 
commercial paper and asset-backed securities included in our portfolio, instability in the global financial markets that reduces 
the liquidity of securities included in our portfolio, declines in the value of collateral underlying the asset-backed securities 
included in our portfolio and other factors. Each of these events may cause us to record charges to reduce the carrying value 
of our investment portfolio or sell investments for less than our acquisition cost. Although we attempt to mitigate these risks 
by  investing  in  high  quality  securities  and  continuously  monitoring  our  portfolio’s  overall  risk  profile,  the  value  of  our 
investments may nevertheless decline. 

Tax benefits that we receive may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs. 

We continue to expand our international presence to take advantage of the opportunity to recruit additional engineering 
design talent, as well as to more closely align our operations geographically with our customers and suppliers in Asia. In 
certain international jurisdictions, we have also entered into agreements with local governments to provide us with, among 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met. These agreements may require us to meet several 
requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. We currently believe that we will be able to meet 
all  the  terms  and  conditions  specified  in  these  agreements.  However,  if  adverse  changes  in  the  economy  or  changes  in 
technology affect international demand for our products in an unforeseen manner or if we fail to otherwise meet the conditions 
of the local agreements, or if we fail to extend the favorable local tax rate, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in turn 
would increase our costs. 

Changes in our effective tax rate may harm our results of operations. A number of factors may increase our future effective 

tax rates, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed; 

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; 

changes in the measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and in deferred tax valuation allowances; 

changes in the value of assets or services transferred or provided from one jurisdiction to another; 

adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of various tax returns; 

increases  in  expenses  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes,  including  write-offs  of  acquired  in-process  research  and 
development and impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions; 

changes in available tax credits; 

effect of tax rate on accounting for acquisitions and dispositions; and 

changes  in  tax  laws,  or  the  interpretation  of  such  tax  laws,  and  changes  in  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. 

We are subject to regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which 
are costly to comply with, and our failure to comply with these requirements could harm our business and operating results. 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses related to compliance with laws such as 
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Compliance with Section 404 requires that our management report on, and 
our independent registered public accounting firm attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in 
our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K.  Section  404  compliance  has  in  the  past  diverted,  and  may  continue  to  divert,  internal 
resources, and require a significant amount of time and effort. If we fail to comply with Section 404, or if in the future our 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal 
control over financial reporting is not effective, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock 
Exchange, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Furthermore,  investor  perceptions  of  us  may  suffer,  and  this  could  cause  a  decline  in  the  market  price  of  our  stock. 
Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our 
stated results of operations and harm our reputation. 

The conditional conversion feature of our  convertible senior notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial 

condition and operating results. 

In the event the conditional conversion feature of our convertible senior notes is triggered, holders of notes will be entitled 
to convert such notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their notes, 
unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock, thereby incurring share 
dilution (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we would be required to settle a portion or all of 
our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders 
do not elect to convert their notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the 
outstanding principal of the convertible notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material 
reduction of our net working capital. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the convertible notes, could 

have a material effect on our reported financial results. 

Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, which we refer to as ASC 
470-20, an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as 
our convertible notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s 
economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the convertible notes is that the equity component is 
required to be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet, and 
the value of the equity component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the 
convertible  notes.  As  a result,  we  are  required  to record a greater  amount  of non-cash  interest  expense  in  current  periods 
presented as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of the convertible notes to their face amount over the 
term of the convertible notes. We will report lower net income in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest 
to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s non-convertible interest rate, which 
could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of 
the convertible notes. 

In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as our convertible notes) that may be settled 
entirely or partly in cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares 
issuable upon conversion of the convertible notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to 
the extent that the conversion value of the convertible notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, 
for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would 
be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting 
standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury stock 
method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the convertible notes, then our diluted earnings per share 
would be adversely affected. 

We are leveraged financially, which could adversely affect our ability to adjust our business to respond to competitive 

pressures and to obtain sufficient funds to satisfy our future growth, business needs and development plans.  

We  have  substantial  existing  indebtedness.  For  example,  in  September  2016  and  December  2015,  we  issued  $287.5 
million  and  $230.0  million,  respectively,  in  aggregate  principal  of  convertible  senior  notes.  The  degree  to  which  we  are 
leveraged could have negative consequences, including, but not limited to, the following: 

•  we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, less able to withstand competitive pressures and less flexible 

in responding to changing business and economic conditions; 

• 

• 

our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general 
corporate or other purposes may be limited; 

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations in the future may be required for the payment of the principal 
amount of our existing indebtedness when it becomes due; and 

•  we may elect to make cash payments upon any conversion of the convertible notes, which would reduce our cash 

on hand. 

Our ability to meet our payment obligations under our convertible notes depends on our ability to generate significant 
cash flow in the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, and regulatory 
factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that our business will generate cash 
flow from operations, or that additional capital will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our debt 
payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt 
obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise 
additional capital. If we were unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may be unable to meet our debt 
payment obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. 

Our business could be negatively impacted by information technology security events and other disruptions.  

We face various cybersecurity threats, including threats to our information technology infrastructure and attempts to gain 
access to our proprietary or classified information, denial-of-service attacks, requests for money transfers, ransomware, as 
well as threats to the physical security of our facilities and employees. In addition, we face cyber threats from entities that may 
seek to target us through our customers, vendors, subcontractors, employees, and other third parties with whom we do business. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Accordingly, we maintain information security partners and staff, policies and procedures for managing risk to our information 
systems,  and  conduct  employee  training  on  cybersecurity  to  mitigate  persistent  and  continuously  evolving  cyber  security 
threats. We have experienced cybersecurity threats such as viruses and attacks by hackers targeting our information technology 
systems.  Although  such  events  have not had  a  material  impact  to  date on our financial  condition,  results of  operations or 
liquidity or reputation, future threats could, among other things, cause harm to our business and our reputation; disrupt our 
operations;  expose  us  to  potential  liability,  regulatory  actions  and  the  loss  of  business;  as  well  as  impact  our  results  of 
operations materially. Due to the evolving nature of these security threats, we cannot predict the potential impact of any future 
incident. 

While we take measures to protect the security of, and prevent unauthorized access to, our systems and personal and 
proprietary information, the security controls for our systems, as well as other security practices we follow, may not prevent 
improper access to, or disclosure of, personally identifiable or proprietary information. Furthermore, data privacy is subject to 
frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which 
we provide services. With the acquisition of eSilicon, we may be subject to the General Data Protection Regulation in Europe 
(GDPR). The GDPR and the California Consumer Privacy Act will result in increased compliance costs. Our failure to adhere 
to or successfully implement processes in response to these and other changing regulatory requirements in this area could 
result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks Related to Our Industry 

We may be unable to make the substantial and productive research and development investments, which are required 

to remain competitive in our business. 

The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to develop and bring to 
market new and enhanced technologies and products. Many of our products originated with our research and development 
efforts and have provided us with a significant competitive advantage. Our research and development expenses were $183.9 
million,  $167.9  million  and  $200.5  million in  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  We  are  committed  to  investing  in  new 
product development in order to remain competitive in our target markets. We do not know whether we will have sufficient 
resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive. In addition, there 
is  no  assurance  that  the  technologies  which  are  the  focus  of  our  research  and  development  expenditures  will  become 
commercially successful. 

Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  worldwide  economic 

conditions, as well as political and economic conditions in the countries in which we conduct business. 

Our business and operating results are impacted by worldwide economic conditions. Uncertainty about current global 
economic conditions may cause businesses to continue to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment or 
negative financial news. This in turn could have a material negative effect on the demand for our semiconductor products or 
the products into which our semiconductors are incorporated. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to 
particular countries in which we operate could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
These factors include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions; 

restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments 
and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs; 

disruptions of capital and trading markets; 

changes in import or export requirements; 

transportation delays; 

civil disturbances or political instability; 

geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or military coups; 

public health emergencies, such as the coronavirus outbreak in China and other countries; 

25 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

differing employment practices and labor standards; 

limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property; 

local business and cultural factors that differ from our customary standards and practices; 

nationalization and expropriation; 

changes in tax or intellectual property laws; 

currency fluctuations relating to our international operating activities; and 

difficulty in obtaining distribution and support. 

A significant portion of our products are manufactured, assembled and tested outside the United States. Any conflict or 
uncertainty in these countries, including due to natural disasters, public health concerns, political unrest or safety concerns, 
could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which 
our products are manufactured or sold sets technical standards for products manufactured in or imported into their country 
that are not widely shared, it may lead some of our customers to suspend imports of their products into that country, require 
manufacturers  in  that  country  to  manufacture  products  with  different  technical  standards  and  disrupt  cross-border 
manufacturing relationships which, in each case, could harm our business.  For example, the United States and China trade 
negotiations, the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, United States federal government budget disruptions and 
market volatility as a result of political leadership in certain countries all could have an adverse impact on our operations and 
business.  Further, in December 2019, an outbreak of the coronavirus surfaced in Wuhan, China, and cases have been reported 
in  other  countries, including  Italy,  where  we  currently  have  operations.  This  in  turn  has  led  to  travel  restrictions  and  is 
impacting international operations of various companies. At this point, the extent to which the coronavirus may impact our 
business is uncertain.  These uncertainties make it difficult for us and our suppliers and customers to accurately plan future 
business activities. 

Changes  in  current  or  future  laws  or  regulations  or  the  imposition  of  new  laws  or  regulations,  including  new  or 
changed tax regulations, environmental laws, export control laws, anti-corruption laws and conflict minerals rules or new 
interpretations  thereof,  by  federal  or  state  agencies  or  foreign  governments  could  impair  our  ability  to  compete  in 
international markets. 

Changes in current laws or regulations applicable to us, the imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States 
or other jurisdictions in which we do business, such as Argentina, Canada, China, Germany, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Romania, 
Singapore, Spain, Taiwan, United Kingdom and Vietnam, any changes or uncertainties with respect to such laws or regulations 
or with respect to trade relations between the United States and any such jurisdictions or any adverse outcome as a result of a 
review  or  examination  by  the  applicable  taxing  authority,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. For example, we have entered into agreements with local governments to provide us with, 
among other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met, as discussed in our risk factor entitled “Tax 
benefits that we receive may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs.” These agreements may 
require us to meet several requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. If we fail to otherwise 
meet the conditions of the local agreements, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in turn would increase our costs. In 
addition, potential future U.S. tax legislation could impact the tax benefits we effectively realize under these agreements. 

Due to environmental concerns, the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electronic components and systems is 
receiving  increased  attention.  In  response,  the  European  Union  passed  the  Restriction  on  Hazardous  Substances  (RoHS) 
Directive, legislation that limits the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electrical equipment. The RoHS Directive 
became effective July 1, 2006. We believe that our current product designs and material supply chains are in compliance with 
the RoHS Directive. If our product designs or material supply chains are deemed not to be in compliance with the RoHS 
Directive, we and our third-party manufacturers may need to redesign products with components meeting the requirements of 
the RoHS Directive and we may incur additional expense as well as loss of market share and damage to our reputation. 

We are also subject to export control laws, regulations and requirements that limit which products we sell and where and 
to whom we sell our products. In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government 
agencies for some of our products in accordance with the Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in 
Arms Regulations. We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses in all instances. Any limitation on our 
ability to export or sell our products imposed by these laws would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. For example, in April 2018, the U.S. Department of Commerce added ZTE, a Chinese technology company, to 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
the Denied Persons List, and in May 2019, added Huawei and certain of its non-U.S. affiliates to the Entity List.  In July 2018, 
the U.S. Department of Commerce lifted such ban against ZTE but noted it would continue to monitor ZTE. In February 2020, 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  extended  a  Temporary  General  License  authorizing  specific,  limited  engagements  in 
transactions involved the export, reexport, and transfer of items to Huawei and certain of its affiliates.   ZTE and Huawei have 
been  our  customers,  with  Huawei  accounting  for  approximately  11%  and  14%  of  our  total  revenue  in  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and we expect a reduction in revenue as a result of these matters, at least in the 
short-term. We are currently assessing the long-term impact of these matters. In addition, changes in our products or changes 
in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international 
markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of 
our products to certain countries altogether. While we are not aware of any other current export or import regulations which 
would materially restrict our ability to sell our products in other countries, any change in export or import regulations or related 
legislation,  shift  in  approach  to  the  enforcement  or  scope  of  existing  regulations,  or  change  in  the  countries,  persons  or 
technologies targeted by these regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to 
export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and 
results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we are subject to economic and trade sanctions programs that 
are administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, that prohibit or restrict transactions to 
or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, with individuals and entities 
that  are  specially-designated  nationals  of  those  countries,  narcotics  traffickers  and  terrorists  or  terrorist  organizations. 
Violations of these trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of 
export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts, and revocations or restrictions of licenses, 
as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. 

We  are  also  subject  to  risks  associated  with  compliance  with  applicable  anti-corruption  laws,  including  the  Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), which generally prohibits companies and their employees and intermediaries from  making 
payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage, or directing business to 
another, and requires public companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. 
Under the FCPA, companies may be held liable for actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic 
or local partners or representatives. If we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or similar 
laws, governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose civil and criminal fines and penalties 
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our product or manufacturing standards could also be impacted by new or revised environmental rules and regulations or 
other  social  initiatives.  For  instance,  the  SEC  adopted  disclosure  requirements  in  2012  relating  to  the  sourcing  of  certain 
minerals from the Democratic Republic of Congo and certain other adjoining countries. These rules, which required reporting 
starting in 2014, could adversely affect our costs, the availability of minerals used in our products and our relationships with 
customers and suppliers. Also, since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges with our customers, 
stockholders, and other stakeholders if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for any conflict minerals used in the 
products that we sell. 

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has suffered and may suffer from future 

recessionary downturns. 

The  semiconductor  industry  is  highly  cyclical  and  is  characterized  by  constant  and  rapid  technological  change,  rapid 
product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry 
experienced  a  significant  downturn  during  the  current  global  recession.  These  downturns  have  been  characterized  by 
diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. 
The most recent downturn and any future downturns could negatively impact our business and operating results. Furthermore, 
any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly 
capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble our integrated circuits. None of 
our third-party foundry or assembly contractors has provided assurances that adequate capacity will be available to us in the 
future. 

Our products must conform to industry standards in order to be accepted by end-users in our markets. 

Our products comprise only a part of larger electronic systems. All components of these systems must uniformly comply 
with industry standards in order to operate efficiently together. These industry standards are often developed and promoted by 
larger  companies  who  are  industry  leaders  and  provide  other  components  of  the  systems  in  which  our  products  are 
incorporated. In driving industry standards, these larger companies are able to develop and foster product ecosystems within 
which our products can be used. We work with a number of these larger companies in helping develop industry standards with 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
which our products are compatible. If larger companies do not support the same industry standards that we do, or if competing 
standards emerge, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, which would harm our business. 

Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may still emerge 
that  may  be  preferred  by  our  customers.  Products  for  communications  and  computing  applications  are  based  on  industry 
standards that are continually evolving. Our ability to compete in the future will depend on our ability to identify and ensure 
compliance  with  these  evolving  industry  standards.  The  emergence  of  new  industry  standards  could  render  our  products 
incompatible with products developed by other suppliers or make it difficult for our products to meet the requirements of 
certain OEMs. As a result, we could be required to invest significant time and effort and to incur significant expense to redesign 
our products to ensure compliance with relevant standards. If our products are not in compliance with prevailing industry 
standards for a significant period of time, we could miss opportunities to achieve crucial design wins. We may not be successful 
in  developing  or  using  new  technologies  or  in  developing  new  products  or  product  enhancements  that  achieve  market 
acceptance. Our pursuit of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense. 

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition and may harm our operating results. 

There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue 
as companies attempt to improve the leverage of growing research and development costs, strengthen or hold their market 
positions in an evolving industry or are unable to continue operations. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some 
areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. We believe 
that  industry  consolidation  may  result  in  stronger  competitors  that  are  better  able  to  compete  as  sole-source  vendors  for 
customers. This could lead to more variability in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
operating results and financial condition. 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

The trading price and volume of our common stock is subject to price volatility. This volatility may affect the price at 

which you could trade our common stock. 

The trading price of our common stock has experienced wide fluctuations. For example, the closing sale prices for our 
common stock have ranged from $29.68 to $76.23 in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2019. Volatility in the 
market price of our common stock may occur in the future in response to many risk factors discussed herein and others beyond 
our control, including but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; 

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies that provide high-speed analog and 
mixed signal semiconductor solutions; 

loss of a significant amount of existing business; 

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors; 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their growth rates; 

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts; 

our  announcement  of  actual  results  for  a  fiscal  period  that  are  higher  or  lower  than  projected  results  or  our 
announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected; 

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors; 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us; 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; 

sales or expected sales of additional common stock or equity or equity-linked securities; 

terrorist attacks, health epidemics or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our 
customers have operations; and 

• 

general economic and market conditions. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue 
to  affect  the  market  prices  of  equity  securities  of  many  companies.  These  fluctuations  often  have  been  unrelated  or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as 
general  economic,  political  and  market  conditions  such  as  recessions,  interest  rate  changes  or  international  currency 
fluctuations,  may  cause  the  market  price  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  decline.  In  the  past,  companies  that  have 
experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the 
target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our 
management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business. Each of these factors, among 
others, could harm the value of our common stock. 

Due to the nature of our compensation program, our executive officers can sell shares of our common stock, often pursuant 
to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, and certain of our executive officers currently have 10b5-
1 trading plans in place. As a result, sales of common stock by our executive officers may not be indicative of their respective 
opinions of our performance at the time of sale or of our potential future performance. Nonetheless, the market price of our 
common stock may be affected by sales of shares by our executive officers. 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  or  if  they  change  their 

recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts 
publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would 
likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose 
visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders 

and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy. 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and cash flows from our 
operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 to 18 months. We operate in 
an industry, however, that makes our financial prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient 
cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need 
additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

invest in our research and development efforts by hiring additional technical and other personnel; 

expand our operating infrastructure; 

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or 

otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures. 

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our 
stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior 
to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing 
arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational flexibility, 
and would also require us to incur interest expense. There is no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms 
favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our 
ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise 
respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. 

Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage 
takeover  attempts  that  stockholders  may  consider  favorable,  which  could  also  reduce  the  market  price  of  our  common 
stock. 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying 

or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following: 

• 

the right of our board of directors  to  elect  a  director  to fill  a vacancy  created by  the  expansion of our  board of 
directors; 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each 
director serving a three-year term; 

the requirement for advance notice for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters 
that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting; 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval; 

the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred 
stock with rights set by our board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of common stock; 

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to 
adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding 
the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent; 

the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written 
consent; and 

designating the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forums for derivative 
actions, claims of breach of fiduciary duty by any director, officer or other employee, claims arising pursuant to any 
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and claims governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware 
General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or 
more  of  our  outstanding voting  stock,  from  merging or  combining  with  us.  These provisions  in our restated  certificate  of 
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and 
could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the 
market price of our common stock being lower than they would without these provisions. 

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, the ability to achieve a return on 

an investment in our stock will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the 
foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. The success of an investment 
in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common 
stock will appreciate in value. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

We lease 68,950 square feet of office space in Santa Clara, California, which currently serves as our principal executive 
office  that  will  expire  on  March  31,  2020.   In  2020,  we  will  move  to  a  110,611 square  feet  office  space  in  Santa  Clara, 
California, which will expire on September 30, 2030.  We also lease 42,197 square feet of office space in Westlake Village, 
California under a lease that will expire on December 31, 2024. We also lease 27,797 square feet of office in Irvine, California 
under a lease that will expire on July 31, 2019.  We believe that our current facilities are sufficient to meet our needs for the 
foreseeable future. For additional information regarding our obligations under property leases, see Note 16 of Notes to our 
Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

We are currently a party to the following legal proceedings: 

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On  September 22,  2009,  Netlist  filed  suit  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Central  District  of  California  (Court) 
asserting  that  we  infringe  U.S.  Patent  No. 7,532,537.  Netlist  filed  an  amended  complaint  on  December 22,  2009,  further 
asserting that we infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the patents-

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
in-suit, and seeking both unspecified monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to prevent further infringement. 
These infringement claims allege that the iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe the patents-in-suit. 
We answered the amended complaint on February 11, 2010 and asserted we do not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the 
patents-in-suit  are  invalid.  In  2010,  we  filed  inter  partes  requests  for  reexamination  with  the  United  States  Patent  and 
Trademark Office (USPTO), asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at the USPTO, the 
Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the Court on status every 120 days. 

As  to  the  proceeding  at  the  USPTO,  reexamination  has  been  ordered  for  all  of  the  patents  that  were  alleged  to 
infringe.   At  present,  the  USPTO  has  determined  that  almost  all  of  the  originally  filed  claims  are  not  valid,  and 
determined certain amended claims to be patentable. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 was issued 
on August 2, 2016 based upon amended claims. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,636,274 was issued on 
November 5, 2018, indicating all claims 1-97 were cancelled. The parties continue to assert their respective positions with 
respect to the reexamination proceeding for U.S. Patent No. 7,619,912. 

While  we  intend  to  defend  the  foregoing  USPTO  proceedings  and  lawsuit  vigorously,  the  USPTO  proceedings  and 
litigation,  whether  or  not  determined  in  our  favor  or  settled,  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  could  divert 
management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business. 

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, we are currently unable to predict the final outcome of this 
lawsuit and therefore, cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because of the 
nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, our business, financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

Claims Against eSilicon 

We and eSilicon have received written communications from certain former stockholders of eSilicon demanding to 
inspect eSilicon’s books and records and indicating that such stockholders will be seeking appraisal of shares they held in 
eSilicon. Certain of these former eSilicon stockholders also have stated that they may assert claims against eSilicon’s directors 
and senior officers for alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and other violations in connection with the merger between eSilicon 
and our subsidiary. We are unaware of any petition for appraisal and/or lawsuit being filed by any former eSilicon stockholder. 
We believe that the claims in such written communications are without merit, and plan to vigorously defend against lawsuits 
arising out of or relating to the merger agreement and/or the merger that may be filed in the future. 

Other Litigation Matters 

We are not currently a party to any other material litigation. The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent 
claims  and  litigation,  including  claims  regarding  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  as  well  as  improper  hiring 
practices. We may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from  our ordinary course of 
business.  These  claims,  even  if  not  meritorious,  could  result  in  the  expenditure  of  significant  financial  and  managerial 
resources. 

ITEM 4.   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.     MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IPHI”.  As of February 26, 2020, we 
had approximately 28 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include the number of persons whose 
shares are in nominee or in “street name” accounts through brokers. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. We expect to retain all of our earnings 
to finance the expansion and development of our business and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our 
capital stock in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors will determine future dividends, if any. 

Directors and executive officers have currently and may from time to time in the future, establish pre-set trading plans 

in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under Part 

III, “Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.” 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Share Performance Graph  

The following information is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 
14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed to be 
incorporated  by  reference  into  any  filing  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  or  the  Exchange  Act,  except  to  the  extent  we 
specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing. 

Set forth below is a line graph showing the cumulative total stockholder return (change in stock price plus reinvested 
dividends) assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2014 in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and 
PHLX  Semiconductor  Index  for  the  period  commencing  on  December  31,  2014  and  ending  on  December  31,  2019.  The 
comparisons in the table are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance of 
our common stock. 

33 

  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected financial data should be read together with Part II, “Item 7, Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes 
included  elsewhere  in  this  report.  The  selected  balance  sheet  data  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  and  the  selected 
statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 have been derived from our 
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 
2017, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report. Our 
statements of income (loss) have been retrospectively reclassified to present the results of operations of the memory product 
business as discontinued operations. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

2016 

2018 

365,635    $ 
152,814      
212,821      

294,490    $ 
129,345      
165,145      

348,201     $ 
151,698       
196,503       

266,277    $ 
85,581      
180,696      

Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) Data:      

Revenue(1) .............................................................    $ 
Cost of revenue(1) (2) (3) ...........................................      
Gross profit ...........................................................      
Operating expenses: 

Research and development(1) (2) (3) .....................      
Sales and marketing(1) (2) ...................................      
General and administrative(1) (2) .........................      
Total operating expenses .......................      
Income (loss) from operations ...............................      
Interest expense(4) ..............................................      
Other income, net(5) ...........................................      

Income (loss) before income taxes from 

183,875      
47,722      
30,672      
262,269      
(49,448)     
(34,920)     
11,853      

167,924      
43,080      
28,302      
239,306      
(74,161)     
(32,209)     
2,408      

continuing operations ........................................      
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(6) ..................      
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ..      

(72,515)     
396      
(72,911)     

(103,962)     
(8,211)     
(95,751)     

Discontinued operations: 

Gain from sale ...................................................      
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .....      
Provision for income taxes ................................      
Net income from discontinued operations .....      
Net income (loss) ..............................................    $ 

—      
—      
—      
—      
(72,911)   $ 

—      
—      
—      
—      
(95,751)   $ 

Earnings per share: 

Basic 

Net income (loss) from continuing 

operations ..................................................    $ 
Net income from discontinued operations .....      
Basic earnings per share ................................    $ 

Diluted 

Net income (loss) from continuing 

operations ..................................................    $ 
Net income from discontinued operations .....      
Diluted earnings per share .............................    $ 

Weighted-average shares used in computing 

earnings per share: 

(1.61)   $ 
—      
(1.61)   $ 

(1.61)   $ 
—      
(1.61)   $ 

(2.19)   $ 
—      
(2.19)   $ 

(2.19)   $ 
—      
(2.19)   $ 

2015 

192,710   
72,694   
120,016   

87,774   
21,462   
20,322   
129,558   
(9,542 ) 
(783 ) 
221   

(10,104 ) 
5,857   
(15,961 ) 

—   
4,535   
(2,125 ) 
2,410   
(13,551 ) 

(0.41 ) 
0.06   
(0.35 ) 

(0.41 ) 
0.06   
(0.35 ) 

200,539       
42,381       
23,782       
266,702       
(70,199 )     
(29,842 )     
3,961       

(96,080 )     
(21,176 )     
(74,904 )     

—       
—       
—       
—       
(74,904 )   $ 

(1.78 )   $ 
—       
(1.78 )   $ 

(1.78 )   $ 
—       
(1.78 )   $ 

108,013      
26,534      
21,201      
155,748      
24,948      
(17,406)     
3,914      

11,456      
(15,057)     
26,513      

78,544      
(3,802)     
(1,799)     
72,943      
99,456    $ 

0.65    $ 
1.80    $ 
2.45    $ 

0.60    $ 
1.65    $ 
2.25    $ 

Basic ..........................................................       45,226,717      
Diluted .......................................................       45,226,717      

43,690,581      
43,690,581      

42,165,213       
42,165,213       

40,565,433      
44,124,881      

38,580,330   
38,580,330   

(1)  On  December  12,  2016,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  ClariPhy  for  $303.7  million  in  cash.  The  results  of  operations 
of ClariPhy  and  estimated  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  were  included  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements from the acquisition date. The acquisition resulted in a significant change in our statement of operations in 2019,  2018 
and 2017 which includes: 

(i) charge to cost of goods sold resulting from the step-up inventory acquired from ClariPhy; and 
(ii) charge to cost of goods sold and operating expenses from amortization of acquired intangibles. 

Footnotes continued on the following page.  

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
         
         
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
 
Footnotes continued from the prior page.  

2019 

2018 

As of December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

2015 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents .........................    $ 
Investments in marketable securities .........      
Working capital .........................................      
Total assets ................................................      
Convertible debt ........................................      
Other liabilities ..........................................      
Total stockholders’ equity .........................      

282,723    $ 
140,131      
263,848      
976,006      
476,178      
153,227      
346,601      

172,018    $ 
235,339      
446,837      
889,873      
447,825      
75,354      
366,694      

163,450    $ 
241,737      
457,062      
917,506      
421,431      
84,674      
411,401      

144,867    $ 
249,476      
433,250      
990,595      
396,857      
131,214      
462,524      

283,044  
43,616  
344,897  
505,046  
171,701  
42,675  
290,670  

(2)  Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows: 

2019 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

2015 

Operating expenses: 
Cost of revenue ...........................................   $ 
Research and development .........................     
Sales and marketing ...................................     
General and administrative .........................     
Discontinued operations .............................     

6,208    $ 
42,265      
15,561      
12,821      
—      

2,527    $ 
37,397      
13,470      
10,490      
—      

2,045    $ 
28,846      
8,340      
5,602      
—      

1,796    $ 
17,390      
4,405      
4,407      
2,194      

1,359  
13,268  
3,213  
5,473  
4,980  

(3)  Cost  of  revenue  and  research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  included  an 
impairment charge of $47.0 million as a result of abandonment of a project related to certain developed technology 
and in-process research and development from the ClariPhy acquisition. 

(4)  The interest expense resulted mainly from convertible debt issued in December 2015 and September 2016. 

(5)  Other income, net included an impairment charge of $7.0 million related to a non-marketable equity investment 

for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

(6)  The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016 included the release of valuation allowance 
against deferred tax assets as a result of the acquisition of ClariPhy. The benefit for income taxes for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 included revaluation of deferred tax liabilities to the new federal tax rate of 21% and tax benefit 
from intercompany transfer of intellectual property rights. The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 
31, 2018 included partial release of federal valuation allowance resulting from the transfer of an acquired in-process 
research and development to developed technology in 2018 which allowed the related deferred tax liability to be 
considered a source of income for realizing deferred tax assets, as well as the revaluation of the foreign deferred tax 
liability on the in-process research and development based on the foreign tax rates applicable to the anticipated 
reversal periods.   

35 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and this report contain 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this 
report, the terms “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” 
“estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “future,” “strategy,” “likely,” or the negative of these 
terms,  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  include  statements 
regarding our anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate, including the market 
for 25G to 600G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions,  demand for our current products, our plans for future products 
and anticipated features and benefits thereof, expansion of our product offerings and business activities, enhancements of 
existing products, our ability to forecast demand and its effects, the impact of U.S. government export restrictions on Huawei, 
our acquisitions and investments in other companies or technologies, including our acquisition of eSilicon, and the anticipated 
benefits  thereof and  increase  in  expenses  related  thereto, critical  accounting  policies  and  estimates,  our  expectations 
regarding our expenses and revenue, sources of revenue, our effective tax rate and tax benefits, the benefits of our products 
and  services, our  technological  capabilities  and  expertise,  our  liquidity  position  and  sufficiency  thereof,  including  our 
anticipated cash needs and uses of cash, our ability to generate cash, our operating and capital expenditures and requirements 
and our needs for additional financing and potential consequences thereof, repatriation of cash balances from our foreign 
subsidiaries, our contractual obligations, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, including growing our end customer 
base, interest rate sensitivity, adequacy of our disclosure controls, our legal proceedings and warranty claims. These forward-
looking  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results, 
performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or 
implied by these or any other forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those 
risks discussed below, as well as factors affecting our results of operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to 
sustain or increase profitability, demand for our solutions, the effect of changes in average selling prices for our products, 
our ability to compete, our ability to rapidly develop new technology and introduce new products, our ability to safeguard our 
intellectual  property,  our  ability  to  qualify  for  tax  holidays  and  incentives,  trends  in  the  semiconductor  industry  and 
fluctuations in general economic conditions, and the risks set forth throughout this report, including the risks set forth under 
Part I, “Item 1A, Risk Factors.” Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, 
which are based on current expectations and reflect management's opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking 
statements speak only as of the date of this Report. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly 
any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with 
regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and 

related notes that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Overview 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and 
cloud markets. Our analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds 
while reducing system power consumption. Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in 
networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation 
communications  and  cloud  infrastructures.  Our  solutions  provide  a  vital  high-speed  interface  between  analog  signals  and 
digital  information  in  high-performance  systems  such  as  telecommunications  transport  systems,  enterprise  networking 
equipment and data centers. We provide 25G to 600G high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the 
communications market. We have a wide range of products in our portfolio with many products sold in communication and 
cloud markets as of December 31, 2019. We have ongoing, informal collaborative discussions with industry and technology 
leaders in Tier-1 cloud providers, telecom operators, network system OEMs and optical module and component vendors to 
design architectures and products that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and next generation communications systems. 
Although we do not have any formal agreements with these entities, we engage in informal discussions with these entities 
with  respect  to  anticipated  technological  challenges,  next generation  customer  requirements  and  industry  conventions  and 
standards. We help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology 
leaders, OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The recent history of our product development and sales and marketing efforts is as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

In 2015, we started sampling a new product in our 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, IN4518SZ. 
The  IN4518SZ  is  a  quad  linear  differential  to  single-ended  Mach-Zehnder  Modulator  Driver,  pin-
compatible with the linear driver IN3214SZ, for 200G coherent Optical interconnect applications. The 
IN4518SZ extends the reach of 200G coherent for telecommunication applications and enables one set 
of  hardware  to  serve  multiple  segments  in  the  telecommunication markets.  We  also  announced  the 
availability of the industry’s first, highly integrated, lowest power PAM4 chipset solutions for intra-data 
center and inter-data center cloud interconnects. The PAM4 chipset solution is a family of PAM4 PHY 
ICs for 40G (IN014020-XL), 50G (IN015050-SF), 100G (IN015025-CA), 400G (IN015025-CD) and a 
companion linear TIA (IN2860TA) to enable platform solutions for multi-rate PAM4 interconnects. We 
also  started  sampling  IN3217SZ,  a  quad  linear  differential  to  single-ended  Mach-Zehnder  Modulator 
Driver in a Surface Mount Technology (SMT) package. The new SMT quad linear driver extends the 
product portfolio by utilizing cost effective packaging for higher volume 100G/200G coherent long haul 
and metro optical interconnect applications. 

In 2016, we completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. With this acquisition, we are 
able  to  provide  a  complete  coherent  platform  to  our  customers  in  telecommunicaton and  cloud 
interconnect  applications.  We  also  introduced  ColorZ®  reference  design,  the  industry’s  first  Silicon 
Photonics 100G PAM4 platform solution for 80 km DWDM Data Center Interconnect in QSFP28 form 
factor.  Utilizing  advanced  Pulse  Amplitude  Modulation  signaling,  ColorZ®  delivers  up  to  4Tb/s  of 
bandwidth over a single fiber and allows multiple data centers located up to 80 km of each other to be 
connected and act like a single data center. We further introduced a highly integrated Silicon Photonics 
(SiPho) technology platform for 100Gbit/s data center applications. The single-chip SiPho optics includes 
multi-channel modulators, photodetectors, multiplexers, demultiplexers, optical power monitors and fiber 
coupling structures all integrated onto a single integrated circuit. We also announced the availability of 
the industry’s lowest power Clock and Data Recovery Retimer for module applications, IN012525-CQ 
CMOS CDR and 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, the industry’s first linear ICs enabling 400G 
coherent solutions for next-generation telecommunication and cloud applications. We also announced the 
industry’s first 400GbE platform solution for next-generation 400G CFP8 modules. The platform solution 
includes  our  PAM4  DSP  IC  that  supports  IEEE  P802.3bs  400G/s  Ethernet  standard  alongside  its 
companion market leading linear TIA and linear drivers for client based cloud interconnects. With the 
introduction of these new products, we are offering customers an end-to-end platform solution for moving 
data  faster  within  and  between  data  centers.  We  also  announced  the  production  availability  of  a  new 
product in the 32GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family. The IN3217SZ, a quad linear Mach-Zehnder 
Modulator Driver in a SMT package, extends the product portfolio by utilizing cost effective packaging 
for the 100G/200G coherent long haul and metro optical interconnect applications. We also announced 
the  sampling  of  IN6450TA,  the  world’s  first  64GBaud  dual  channel  linear  TIA/VGA  amplifier.  The 
IN6450TA supports data rates of 400Gbps to 600Gbps on a single wavelength for long haul, metro, and 
data center interconnect networks using coherent technology. 

In 2017, we started sampling IN6417SZ, the industry’s first 64GBaud quad linear differential to single-
ended Mach-Zehnder Modulator Driver in 14x9 mm Surface Mount Technology (SMT) package. This 
new 64GBaud SMT quad linear driver extends our 64G product portfolio for next-generation 400G/600G 
coherent, long haul, and metro optical interconnect applications. We introduced Polaris™, the industry’s 
first 16nm CMOS PAM4 platform solution for next-generation cloud deployments. The Polaris platform 
includes our highly integrated, lowest power PAM4 digital signal processing IC alongside its companion 
market  leading,  low  power  linear  driver  and  TIA  for  data  center  connectivity.  We  announced  the 
commercial availability and production ramp of ColorZ®, the industry’s first Silicon Photonics 100G 
PAM4 platform solution for 80 km DWDM Data Center Interconnect in QSFP28 form factor, and our 
IN6450TA, the world’s first 64GBaud dual channel linear TIA/VGA amplifier. We also announced the 
new Vega™ family of low power 50/100/200/400G PAM4 Gearbox and Retimer DSPs for system line 
cards.  Leveraging  our  DSP-based  PAM4,  the  new  Gearbox  and  Retimer  DSPs  expand  bandwidth 
capacity of next generation networks, delivering accelerated connectivity for wired network infrastructure 
at  cloud-scale data  centers,  enterprise,  and service providers. We  also  started  sampling  our  M200, an 
ultra-low  power,  and  high-performance  Coherent  DSP,  supporting  100G  and  200G  data  rates  for 
telecommunication and cloud interconnect applications. We announced the expansion of our ColorZ® 
portfolio  with  ColorZ-Lite™,  100G  DWDM  in  QSFP28  form  factor  for  campus  and  data  center 
interconnects. The addition of ColorZ-Lite™ offers campus and data centers a cost optimized solution 
for shorter distances up to 20 km. We also expanded our 16nm Polaris™ PAM4 DSP portfolio for next 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

generation  50G-400G  cloud  deployments.  The  new  Polaris™  PAM4  DSP  now  includes  products 
supporting  an  integrated  driver  to  address  the  growing  demands  for  lower  power  and  reduced  cost 
solutions over short reach data center optical connectivity. 

In 2018, we announced our 16nm 400Gbps Porrima™ Single-Lambda PAM4 platform, the first complete 
56GBaud  platform  solution  for  wired  network  infrastructure  including  hyperscale  cloud  data  center, 
service provider and enterprise network. We also announced the production availability of the Polaris™ 
16nm CMOS PAM4 platform. The Polaris platform is the industry’s first 16nm 28GBaud PAM4 DSP 
that  includes  integrated  driver  options  for  EML  and  VCSEL  lasers  to  cover  a  broad  range  of  optical 
interconnects  from  50G  to  400G.  The  platform  also  supports  a  family  of  discrete  EML  and  VCSEL 
drivers  and  linear  TIAs.  We  started  shipping  the  production  version  of  its  M200  LightSpeed-III™, 
Coherent  DSP  with  ultra-low  power  and  high-performance  supporting  100G  and  200G  data  rates  for 
telecommunication and cloud data center interconnect applications. We announced the expansion of its 
16nm Porrima™ Single-Lambda PAM4 platform family, with the complete 100Gbps/56GBaud platform 
solution  for  100G  QSFP28  and  SFP-DD  DR/FR  optical  modules  for  wired  network  infrastructure 
including  hyperscale  cloud  data  center,  service  provider,  wireless  5G  and  enterprise  networks.  We 
introduced the industry’s smallest form factor, lowest power and highest performance 64GBaud quad 
coherent TIA and driver. Paired up as a chipset, the new TIA and Driver will enable higher density line 
cards and pluggable solutions that are critical for next generation 400/600G telecommunication and cloud 
data center interconnect (DCI) applications. 

In 2019, we announced our Porrima™ Gen2 Single-Lambda PAM4 platform with integrated laser drivers 
that reduces optical module Bill of Material (BOM) cost and enables sub-10 watt 400Gbps QSFP-DD 
optical transceiver modules for wired network infrastructure – including hyperscale cloud data center, 
service  provider  and  enterprise  networks.  We  also  announced  first  to  production  of  a  100Gbps  and 
400Gbps Single-Lambda PAM4 platform for the next frontier of data center and cloud networking. Our 
Porrima™ PAM4 platform is a complete 56GBaud solution, with linear TIA and drivers, for the optical 
network  infrastructure  including  mass-scale  cloud  data  center,  service  provider  and  enterprise 
networks.  We started sampling our new Canopus™ coherent DSP, the industry’s first merchant 7nm 
coherent DSP.  Canopus paves  the  way  for an  industry-wide paradigm  shift  in deployment  models  by 
providing low power and high density QSFP-DD, OSFP and CFP2-DCO coherent pluggable modules for 
cloud and telecom customers.  We started engineering sampling of ColorZ® II, the industry first 400ZR 
QSFP-DD pluggable coherent transceiver for cloud DCIs to major cloud operators and OEMs. COLORZ 
II  enables  large  cloud  operators  to  connect  metro  data  centers  at  a  fraction  of  the  cost  of  traditional 
coherent transport systems and allows switch and router companies to offer the same density for both 
coherent DWDM and client optics in the same chassis. We believe our acquisition of eSilicon is expected 
to  accelerate  our  strategic  roadmap  in  developing  electro-optics  solutions  for  our  cloud  and 
telecommunications  customers  and  expand  our  presence  into  strategic  geographic  regions  for  talent 
acquisition.  

Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Tier-1 OEMs in the telecom and networking system 
markets worldwide. We believe we are one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the types of products we sell, 
and in some cases we may be the sole supplier for certain applications. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to module 
manufacturers, ODMs, and subsystems providers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 
we sold our products to approximately 100 customers. A significant portion of our revenue has been generated by a limited 
number  of  customers.  In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  we  believe  that  sales  to  Microsoft and Huawei, directly  and 
indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 14% and 11% of our total revenue, respectively.   We sell 
products to Fabrinet, a subcontractor who sells to various end customers.  Sales to Fabrinet, was 11% of our total revenue for 
the year ended December 31, 2019.  We believe, in the aggregate, sales to Cisco, including its subcontractors was significant 
but less than 10% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.  In the year ended December 31, 2018, we 
believe  that  sales  to  Microsoft,  Huawei,  and  Cisco,  directly  and  indirectly,  through  subcontractors,  accounted  for 
approximately 18%, 14% and 11% of our total revenue, respectively.  We sell products to Cyberlink, a distributor who sells 
to various end customers. Sales to Cyberlink was approximately 11% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 
2018.  In the year ended December 31, 2017, we believe that sales to Microsoft, Huawei, and Cisco, directly and indirectly, 
through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 17%, 14%, and 11% of our total revenue. Substantially all of our sales 
to date, including our sales to Microsoft, Huawei and Cisco, are made on a purchase order basis. Since the beginning of 2006, 
we have shipped more than 65 million high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductors. Our total revenue was $365.6 
million, $294.5 million and $348.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase 
in our revenue in 2019 was primarily due to increases in telecommunication and cloud products, partially offset by legacy 
products.  

38 

  
  
  
  
  
Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 64%, 57% and 62% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future 
revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in 
Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers are then sold to end-users outside Asia. 

In April 2010, we received approval from the government of Singapore to set up an international headquarters from 
which  to  conduct  our  international  operations.  Because  of  its  geographic  alignment  with  suppliers  and  customers,  we 
established our operations in Singapore to become a new international headquarters office for receiving and fulfilling orders 
for product shipped to locations outside the United States. In addition, we built a team of engineering capability in Singapore 
both for development as well as testing associated with manufacturing. International operations in Singapore commenced on 
May 1, 2010 and during 2010, we transitioned our international operations from the United States to our Singapore subsidiary. 

Demand for new features changes rapidly. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because 
of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product 
development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications 
they serve to allow sufficient time for product development and design. Our failure to accurately forecast demand can lead to 
product shortages that can impede production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure 
to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory. 

Although revenue generated by each design win and the timing of the recognition of that revenue can vary significantly, 
we consider ongoing design wins to be a key factor in our future success. We consider a design win to occur when an OEM 
or  contract  manufacturer  notifies  us  that  it  has  selected  our  products  to  be  incorporated  into  a  product  or  system  under 
development. The design win process is typically lengthy, and as a result, our sales cycles will vary based on the market 
served,  whether  the  design  win  is  with  an  existing  or  new  customer  and  whether  our  product  is  under  consideration  for 
inclusion in a first or subsequent generation product. In addition, our customers’ products that incorporate our semiconductors 
can be complex and can require a substantial amount of time to define, design and produce in volume. As a result, we can 
incur significant design and development expenditures in circumstances where we do not ultimately recognize, or experience 
delays in recognizing revenue. Our customers generally order our products on a purchase order basis. We do not have any 
long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) from any of our customers. Once our product is incorporated into a 
customer’s design, however, we believe that our product is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that 
product’s life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative 
semiconductor. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years. Product life 
cycles in the markets we serve typically range from five to 10 years or more and vary by application. 

Summary of Consolidated Financial Results 

As discussed in more detail below, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 

2018, we delivered the following financial performance. 

•  Total revenue increased by $71.1 million, or 24% to $365.6 million. 
•  Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 56% to 58%. 
•  Total operating expenses increased by $23.0 million, or 10% to $262.3 million. 
•  Loss from operations decreased by $24.7 million to $49.4 million. 
• 

Provision for income taxes was $0.4 million in 2019 compared to benefit for income taxes of $8.2 million in 
2018. 

•  Loss per share decreased by $0.58 to $1.61. 

The  increase  in  our  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  was  primarily  the  result  of  increases  in 

telecommunication products and cloud products, partially offset by a decrease in legacy products. 

Total operating expenses increased in 2019 due primarily to an increase in stock-based compensation expense due to 
higher  equity  awards  and  personnel  costs.  Our  expenses  mainly  consist  of  personnel  costs,  which  include  compensation, 
benefits, payroll related taxes and stock-based compensation. From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, our headcount 
increased by 105, mostly in the engineering department.  We expect expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars due 
to the acquisition of eSilicon and as we continue to invest resources to develop more products, to support the growth of our 
business. Other income increased due to an impairment charge of $7.0 million on an investment in non-marketable equity 
security recorded in 2018.  Our loss per share decreased primarily due to an increase in gross margin and an increase in other 
income, partially offset by increases in operating expenses and provision for income taxes. 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our cash and cash equivalents were $282.7 million at December 31, 2019, compared with $172.0 million at December 
31, 2018. Cash provided by operating activities was $96.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 
$78.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash provided by investing activities was $63.0 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2019 compared to cash used in investing activities of $35.6 million during the year ended December 
31,  2018.   Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $49.3 million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  compared  to 
$33.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 
(GAAP). In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions 
and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses 
and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and 
other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a 
regular  basis,  we  review  the  accounting  policies,  assumptions,  estimates  and  judgments  to  ensure  that  our  consolidated 
financial  statements  are  presented fairly  and  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  However, because  future  events  and  their effects 
cannot be  determined  with  certainty,  actual  results  could differ from  our  assumptions and  estimates,  and  such differences 
could be material. 

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We 
believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported 
financial  results,  and  they  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments,  resulting  from  the  need  to  make 
estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and 
related disclosures with our audit committee. 

Revenue Recognition 

Prior to January 1, 2018, we recognized revenue when there was persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery had 

occurred, the fee was fixed or determinable and collection was reasonably assured. 

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contract with Customers 
(Topic 606), using the modified retrospective method applied to those contracts which were not completed as of January 1, 
2018. The adoption of this guidance resulted in no cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2018. Starting January 1, 
2018,  we  recognize  revenue  on  sales  to  distributors  upon  shipment  and  transfer  of  control  (known  as  “sell-in”  revenue 
recognition),  rather  than  deferring  recognition  until  distributors  report  that  they  have  sold  the  products  to  their  customers 
(known as “sell-through” revenue recognition). The impact on revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 was an increase 
of $3.8 million. The impact on cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 was an increase of $0.8 million. Results 
for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under the new revenue guidance, while prior periods were 
not retrospectively adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic revenue recognition accounting. 

We recognize revenue when the control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that 

reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for such goods or services. 

Our  products  are  fully  functional  at  the  time  of  shipment  and  do  not  require  additional  production,  modification,  or 
customization. We recognize revenue upon transfer of control at a point in time when title transfers either upon shipment to 
or receipt by the customer, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances. Sales and other taxes we collect are 
excluded  from  revenue.  The  fee  is  based  on  specific  products  and  quantities  to  be  delivered  at  specified  prices,  which  is 
evidenced by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement. Certain distributors may receive a 
credit for the price discounts associated with the distributors' customers that purchased those products. We estimate the extent 
of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts receivable and revenue. Although we accrue 
an estimate of distributor price discount, we do not issue these discounts to the distributor until the inventory is sold to the 
distributors' customers. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the estimated price discount was $0.7 million and $1.6 million, 
respectively. Payment terms  of customers are typically 30 to 60 days after invoice date. Our products are under warranty 
against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two years. We accrue for estimated warranty cost 
at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical warranty claims experience including knowledge 
of specific product failures that are outside of our typical experience. 

Occasionally, we enter into license and development agreements with some of our customers and recognize revenue 
from these agreements upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables by milestones or as services 
are provided, depending on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts billed or received prior to 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
completion of milestones or delivery of services. We believe the milestone method best depicts efforts expended to transfer 
services to the customers under most of our development agreements. Certain contracts may include multiple performance 
obligations in which we allocate revenues to each performance obligation based on observable evidence.  When stand-alone 
selling prices are not directly observable, we use the adjusted market assessment approach or residual approach, if applicable. 

We monitor collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable aging. Our policy 
is to record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific collection issues we have identified, aging of underlying 
receivables and historical experience of uncollectible balances. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, our allowance for doubtful 
accounts was $1.2 million. 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record the allowance for doubtful 
accounts during the past three years. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, for example, 
if the financial condition of the customer deteriorated, we may be required to record additional expense that could materially 
negatively impact our operating results. To date, however, substantially all of our receivables have been collected within the 
following quarter. 

Inventory Valuation 

We value our inventory, which includes materials, labor and overhead, at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost 
is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We periodically write-down our 
inventory to the lower of cost and net realizable value based on our estimates that consider historical usage and future demand. 
These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes 
in strategic direction. The calculation of our inventory valuation, specifically the write-down for excess or obsolete inventories, 
requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding forecasted customer demand and technological 
obsolescence that may turn out to be inaccurate. Inventory valuation reserves, once established, are not reversed until the 
related inventory has been sold or scrapped. 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record inventory reserves during the 
past three years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates 
or assumptions that we use to calculate our inventory reserve. However, if estimates regarding customer demand are inaccurate 
or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses or gains 
that could be material. 

Product Warranty 

Our products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two years. 
We accrue for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical warranty 
claims experience including knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of our typical experience. The warranty 
obligation is determined based on product failure rates, cost of replacement and failure analysis cost. We monitor product 
returns for warranty-related matters and monitor both a specific and general accrual for the related warranty expense based on 
specific circumstances and general historical experience. Our warranty obligation requires management to make assumptions 
regarding failure rates and failure analysis costs. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments 
may be required in the future, which would adversely affect our gross margins and operating results. The warranty liability as 
of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was immaterial. 

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets 

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair 
value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. We evaluate goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or more 
frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. Significant management judgment is required in performing periodic 
impairment tests. To review for impairment, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances 
lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount. Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events 
or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. Those factors include: 
(i)  severe  adverse  industry  or  economic  trends;  (ii)  significant  company-specific  actions,  including  exiting  an  activity  in 
conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our financial performance; 
or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization below our net book value. After assessing the totality of events and 
circumstances, if we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than its 
carrying amount, no further assessment is performed. If, however, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of any of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
excess. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates 
used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges. 

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets, 
including purchased in-process research and development, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such 
assets might be impaired and the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate 
that an asset is impaired include significant decreases in the market value of an asset, significant underperformance relative to 
expected historical or projected future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, 
significant declines in our overall estimated fair value for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of key management or 
personnel, changes in our operating model or strategy and competitive forces. If events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to 
the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value 
over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated expected future cash flows 
using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature 
of the assets. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are complex and often subjective. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we abandoned a project related to certain developed technology and in-
process research and development that resulted in an impairment charge of $47.0 million. The abandonment of the project was 
primarily related to change in the product roadmap following the acquisition of ClariPhy.  There was no evidence of additional 
impairment based on the annual impairment testing for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative guidance which requires the measurement 
and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the 
grant date fair values of the awards. The fair value of stock option awards is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The 
performance-based stock units are subject to the achievement of a pre-established revenue goal and earnings per share on a 
non-GAAP basis.  Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting from the 
original grant date, contingent upon continuous service.  The fair value of the performance-based stock units is calculated 
using the same method as our standard restricted stock units described above once the performance goals are met. The value 
of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated 
statements of operations. If the award has a market condition, we estimate the fair value using Monte Carlo simulation model 
and recognize compensation ratably over the service period. We elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded 
vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a 
straight-line  basis  (net  of  estimated  forfeitures)  over  the  requisite  service  period.  Stock-based  compensation  expenses  are 
classified in the consolidated statement of operations based on the department to which the related employee reports. 

We account for stock options or awards issued to non-employees in accordance with the guidance consistent with our 
accounting of stock-based compensation awards to employees. Stock options or awards to non-employees are accounted for 
at grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or fair value of our stock.  We recognize compensation 
cost  for  awards  with  performance  conditions  when  achievement  of  those  conditions  are  probable,  rather  than  upon  their 
achievement. 

The  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment  in 
determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of 
underlying stock, expected volatility and expected term. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is 
impacted by estimated forfeiture rates. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes in the estimates and assumptions 
we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. In the future, if we determine that other valuation models are more 
reasonable, the stock-based compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have 
recorded using the Black-Scholes option or Monte Carlo simulation pricing models. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets 
and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when and where the differences are 
expected to reverse. We recognize the deferred income tax effects of a change in tax rates in the period of enactment. We 
record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals 
of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  historical  levels  of  income,  projections  of  future  income,  expectations  and  risk  associated  with 
estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and practical tax planning strategies. To the extent that we believe it 
is  more  likely  than not  that  some  portion of  our  deferred tax  assets will  not be realized, we would  increase  the valuation 
allowance against deferred tax assets. The determination of recording or releasing a tax valuation allowance is made, in part, 
pursuant to an assessment performed by management regarding the likelihood that we will generate sufficient future taxable 
income against which the benefits of our deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires management 
to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to our ability to generate revenue, gross profits, operating 
income and taxable income in future periods. Among other factors, management must make assumptions regarding current 
and projected overall business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, our ability to timely develop, 
introduce and consistently manufacture new products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, our ability to adapt to 
technological changes and the competitive environment, which may impact our ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, 
realize the value of our deferred tax assets. Although we believe that the judgment we used is reasonable, actual results can 
differ due to a change in market conditions, changes in tax laws and other factors. 

We have valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in certain tax jurisdictions for the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017. The valuation allowance was established due to negative evidence that included our cumulative losses 
in the U.S. and various foreign subsidiaries, after considering permanent tax differences. During the year ended December 31, 
2017, we released a portion of the federal and state valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets that were deemed 
more likely than not to be realized. The valuation allowance release resulted in the recognition of an income tax benefit. During 
the year ended December 31, 2018, we released a portion of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as a 
result of the transfer of an acquired in-process research and development to developed technology in 2018, which allowed the 
related deferred tax liability to be considered a source of income for realizing deferred tax assets.   

In  accordance  with the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board’s  (FASB) guidance  on  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in 
Income Taxes, we perform a comprehensive review of uncertain tax positions regularly. The guidance prescribes a recognition 
threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken,  or 
expected to be taken, in a tax return. We determine the tax liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. 
The first step is to determine whether it is more likely than not based on technical merits that each income tax position would 
be sustained upon examination. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that has a greater than 50% 
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. 
The assessment of each tax position requires significant judgment and estimates. We believe our tax return positions are fully 
supported,  but  tax  authorities  could  challenge  certain  positions,  which  may  not  be  fully  sustained.  All  tax  positions  are 
periodically analyzed and adjusted as a result of events, such as the resolution of tax audits, issuance of new regulations or 
new case law, negotiations with tax authorities, and expiration of statutes of limitations. 

On December 22, 2017, Public Law 115-97, informally referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Reform Act) was 
signed  into  law.  The  Tax  Reform  Act  contains  significant  changes  to  U.S.  federal  corporate  income  taxation,  including  a 
reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory 
repatriation of accumulated earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries in conjunction with the elimination of U.S. tax on 
dividend distributions from foreign subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital 
investments. The effect of the tax law changes must be recognized in the period of enactment. As a result of the change in tax 
rate, our deferred tax assets and liabilities are required to be remeasured to reflect their value at a lower tax rate of 21%. SAB 
118 allows  for  a  measurement period  of up  to one  year after the  enactment  date of  the new  tax  legislation  to  finalize  the 
recording of the related tax impacts. In accordance with SAB 118, as of December 31, 2017, we made a provisional estimate 
of the remeasurement of the federal deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 to reflect the reduced U.S. 
statutory corporate tax rate to 21%, the mandatory repatriation income which was fully absorbed by the U.S. net operating 
loss, the related valuation allowance offset, and valuation allowance release on deferred tax assets for the federal alternative 
minimum tax credit that was made refundable by the Tax Reform Act. During 2018, we elected to account for GILTI as a 
period cost in the year the tax is incurred and made changes to its provisional estimates previously recorded for the mandatory 
repatriation upon filing of its 2017 U.S. income tax return. The change in the mandatory repatriation income was fully absorbed 
by  the  U.S.  net  operating  loss,  which  is  subject  to  valuation  allowance,  and  resulted  in  no  current  tax  liability.  This 
measurement period adjustment had no net tax effect after the offsetting change to the valuation allowance. At December 31, 
2018, we completed the accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act. 

43 

  
  
  
 
 
 
Results of Operations and Key Operating Metrics 

The following describes the line items in the statements of operations, which we consider to be our key operating metrics. 

Revenue. We generate revenue from sales of our semiconductor products to end customers. A portion of our products 
is sold indirectly to customers through distributors.  Occasionally, we enter into license and development agreements with 
some of our customers and recognize revenue from these agreements upon completion and acceptance by the customer of 
contract deliverables by milestones or as services are provided, depending on the terms of the arrangement. 

We design and develop high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and cloud 
markets. Our revenue is driven by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market 
adoption of next generation 400G technologies in communications and enterprise networks and the timing of next generation 
network. 

Our revenue is also impacted by changes in the number and average selling prices of our semiconductor products. Our 
products are typically characterized by a life cycle that begins with higher average selling prices and lower volumes, followed 
by broader market adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels. 

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological 
obsolescence. Our revenue growth is dependent on our ability to continually develop and introduce new products to meet the 
changing technology and performance requirements of our customers, diversify our revenue base and generate new revenue 
to  replace,  or  build  upon,  the  success  of  previously  introduced  products  which  may  be  rapidly  maturing.  As  a  result,  our 
revenue is impacted to a more significant extent by product life cycles for a variety of products and to a much lesser extent, if 
any,  by  any  single  product.  We  introduced  ColorZ®  in  2016  and  began  to  ship  in  commercial  volume  in  2017.  Sales  of 
ColorZ® comprised 15%, 18% and 17% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In 2012, we introduced 
and  began  to  ship  in  commercial  volume  a  dual,  differential  input  linear  transimpedance/variable-gain  amplifier  that  we 
identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D product comprised 10% of our total revenue in 2017. 
There were no other products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2019, 2018 or 2017. 

The following table is based on the geographic location to which our product is initially shipped. In most cases this will 
differ from the ultimate location of the end-user of a product containing our technology. For sales to our distributors, their 
geographic location may be different from the geographic locations of the ultimate end customer. Sales by geography for the 
periods indicated were: 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands) 

2017 

China ................................................................................   $ 
United States ....................................................................     
Thailand ............................................................................     
Other .................................................................................     
  $ 

164,715    $ 
103,402      
54,468      
43,050      
365,635    $ 

113,684    $ 
87,545      
40,884      
52,377      
294,490    $ 

114,168  
92,620  
45,205  
96,208  
348,201  

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes cost of materials such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, costs 
associated with packaging and assembly, testing and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, as well 
as  equipment  associated  with  manufacturing  support,  logistics  and  quality  assurance,  warranty  costs,  write-down  of 
inventories, amortization of production mask costs, amortization and impairment of developed technology, amortization of 
step-up values of inventory, overhead and other indirect costs, such as allocated occupancy and information technology costs. 

As some semiconductor products mature and unit volumes increase, their average selling prices may decline. These 
declines are often paired with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and test costs, which offset 
some of the margin reduction that results from lower prices. However, our gross profit, period over period, may fluctuate as a 
result of changes in average selling prices due to new product introductions or existing product transitions into larger scale 
commercial volumes, manufacturing costs as well as our product and customer mix. 

Research and development. Research and development expense includes personnel-related expenses, including salaries, 
stock-based compensation and employee benefits. It also includes pre-production engineering mask costs, software license 
expenses, prototype wafer, packaging and test costs, design and development costs, testing and evaluation costs, third-party 
fees paid to consultants, depreciation expense, impairment of in-process research and development, allocated facilities costs 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
and other indirect costs. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We enter into development agreements 
with some of our customers. Recoveries from nonrecurring engineering services related to early stage technology are recorded 
as an offset to product development expense incurred in support of this effort and serve as a mechanism to partially recover 
development expenditures. These reimbursements are recognized upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract 
deliverables or milestones. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to 
invest resources to develop more products and enhance our existing product portfolio. 

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee 
benefits, travel, promotions, trade shows, marketing and customer support, commission payments to employees, depreciation 
expense and other indirect costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars to support the growth 
of our business and promote our products to current and potential customers. 

General  and  administrative.  General  and  administrative  expense  consists  primarily  of  salaries,  stock-based 
compensation,  employee  benefits  and  expenses  for  executive  management,  legal,  and  finance.  In  addition,  general  and 
administrative expenses include fees for professional services and other indirect costs. We expect general and administrative 
expense to increase in absolute dollars due to the general growth of our business and the costs associated with continuing to 
be a public company for, among other things, SEC reporting and compliance, director fees, insurance, transfer agent fees and 
similar expenses. 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of 
$21.2 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of 22%. The effective tax rate of 22% differs from the statutory rate of 34% 
primarily due to the effects of the Tax Reform Act that was enacted on December 22, 2017, change in valuation allowance, 
foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability,  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  stock-based 
compensation adjustments, and recognition of research and development credits. The change in valuation allowance during 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  included  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $1.1  million  from  the  partial  release  of  valuation 
allowance against certain federal and state deferred tax assets that were deemed more likely than not to be realized. For the 
year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded an income tax benefit of $8.2 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of 8%. 
The  effective  tax rate for  the  year ended December 31,  2018 differed  from  the  statutory  rate  of 21%  primarily  due  to  the 
change in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in operating results, unrecognized 
tax benefits, recognition of federal and state research and development credits, and windfall tax benefits from stock-based 
compensation. In addition, the income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018 included the partial release of federal 
valuation allowance resulting from the transfer of an acquired in-process research and development to developed technology 
in 2018 which allowed the related deferred tax liability to be considered a source of income for realizing deferred tax assets, 
as well as the revaluation of the foreign deferred tax liability on the in-process research and development based on the foreign 
tax rates applicable to the anticipated reversal periods, partially offset by income tax expense for the accrual of unrecognized 
tax benefit for foreign taxes.  For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded an income tax expense of $0.4 million, 
which reflects an effective tax rate of (0.5%).  The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 differed from the 
statutory  rate  of  21%  primarily  due  to  the  change  in  valuation  allowance,  foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates, 
geographic mix in operating results, unrecognized tax benefits, recognition of federal and state research development credits, 
and windfall tax benefits from stock-based compensation. 

The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of income (loss) for the periods indicated: 

Revenue ...........................................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenue ................................................................................      
Gross profit ......................................................................................      
Operating expenses: 

Research and development ...................................................      
Sales and marketing .............................................................      
General and administrative ...................................................      
Total operating expenses ..................................................................      
Loss from operations ........................................................................      
Interest expense ................................................................................      
Other income ....................................................................................      
Loss before income taxes .................................................................      
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ................................................      
Net loss .................................................................................    $ 

45 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands) 

2017 

365,635    $ 
152,814      
212,821      

183,875      
47,722      
30,672      
262,269      
(49,448)     
(34,920)     
11,853      
(72,515)     
396      
(72,911)   $ 

294,490    $ 
129,345      
165,145      

167,924      
43,080      
28,302      
239,306      
(74,161)     
(32,209)     
2,408      
(103,962)     
(8,211)     
(95,751)   $ 

348,201   
151,698   
196,503   

200,539   
42,381   
23,782   
266,702   
(70,199 ) 
(29,842 ) 
3,961   
(96,080 ) 
(21,176 ) 
(74,904 ) 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
       
         
         
  
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of income (loss) as a percentage of each line item to the revenue: 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Revenue ...........................................................................     
Cost of revenue ................................................................     
Gross profit ......................................................................     
Operating expenses: 

Research and development .......................................     
Sales and marketing .................................................     
General and administrative .......................................     
Total operating expenses .................................................     
Loss from operations .......................................................     
Interest expense ...........................................................     
Other income ...............................................................     
Loss before income taxes ................................................     
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ...............................     
Net loss .................................................................     

100%      
42  
58  

50  
13  
9  
72  
(14) 
(9) 
3  
(20) 
—  
(20)%     

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Revenue 

100% 
44  
56  

57  
12  
7  
76  
(20) 
(9) 
1  
(28) 
(6) 
(22)% 

100 %      
44   
56   

57   
14   
10   
81   
(25 ) 
(11 ) 
1   
(35 ) 
(3 ) 
(32 )%     

Change 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2017 
     2018 
   2019 

2019 

2018 

     Amount      % 

      Amount      % 

(dollars in thousands) 

Revenue ............................................   $ 365,635    $ 294,490    $ 348,201    $  71,145       

24%  $ (53,711 )     

(15)% 

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $71.1 million mainly due to increases in the number of units 
sold and average selling price (ASP).  Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased primarily due to increases in 
revenue from cloud products by $61.0 million and telecommunication products by $21.0 million, partially offset by decreases 
in revenue from legacy products by $10.9 million.  The number of units sold increased for the year ended December 31, 2019 
by 9% due to higher cloud products sold.  The ASP increased by 8% due to decreases in the number of units sold of lower 
ASP products, such as legacy products, because of larger shipments to customers in the first quarter of 2018 due to an end of 
life  program  initiated  in  2017.   In  addition,  non-product  revenue  increased  by  $18.0  million  due  to  new  license  and 
nonrecurring  engineering  development  agreements.   The  increase  in  direct  cost  associated  with  the  non-product  revenue, 
included in cost of revenue was $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.  

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $53.7 million mainly due to a decrease in the number of 
units sold, partially offset by an increase in ASP. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $53.7 million 
primarily  due  to  decline  in  revenue  from  telecommunication products  by  $62.5  million  and  Cortina  legacy  and  transport 
products by $23.7 million. The decreases are partially offset by an increase in revenue from cloud products by $32.5 million. 
The ASP for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by 55% due to product mix mainly from decrease in number of 
units  sold  of  lower  ASP  products.  The  decline  in  revenue  from  telecommunication products  was  partly  driven  by  China 
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) due to an oversupply which peaked in 2017. The remaining decline in revenue 
came from North American and European OEMs which also reflected a similar market weakness in communication products. 
The decline in revenue from Cortina legacy and transport products was due to end of life programs for certain older products 
initiated in 2017, the last shipments of which were made in the first quarter of 2018. 

The  U.S.  government  export  restrictions  on  Huawei  were  implemented  in  the  middle  of  our  third  quarter  of  2019, 
limiting revenue from that customer. However, the effect of this restriction was not material to our revenue from Huawei for 
the  fourth  quarter  of  2019  insofar  as  our  revenue  was  essentially  flat when  compared  to  the  third  quarter  of  2019.  Such 
restrictions may have inhibited potential growth in 2019, and in the future, we expect such restrictions to dampen potential 
growth  between  Huawei  and  us,  as  well  as  other  U.S.  suppliers,  as  Huawei  has  established  internal  goals  to  reduce  its 
dependency on U.S. suppliers for any given product to less than 50%.  In addition, the outbreak of the coronavirus may affect 
our business and our international operations, including our operations in Italy.  However, the potential impact is difficult to 
estimate. 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit 

   Year Ended December 31, 
      2017 
      2018 
   2019 

2019 

2018 

     Amount      % 

     Amount      % 

(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

Cost of revenue .................................   $ 152,814     $ 129,345     $ 151,698     $  23,469      
Gross profit .......................................      212,821        165,145        196,503        47,676      
Gross profit as a percentage of 

18%  $ (22,353)     
29%     (31,358)     

(15)% 
(16)% 

revenue ..........................................     

58%     

56%    

56%    

—      

2%    

—      

—  

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $23.5 million and $47.8 million, 
respectively, mainly due to higher revenue as discussed above.  Gross profit as percentage of revenue slightly increased from 
56% to 58% due mainly to product and revenue mix. 

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $22.4 million due mainly to impairment of certain 
developed technology in 2017, amortization of inventory fair value step-up related to acquired ClariPhy inventories sold in 
2017 and decrease in revenue. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 was comparable 
to 2017. 

 Research and Development 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2017 
     2018 
   2019 

2019 

2018 

     Amount      % 

      Amount      % 

(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

Research and development ...............   $ 183,875    $ 167,924    $ 200,539    $  15,951       

9%  $ (32,615 )     

(16)% 

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $16.0 million mainly due to 
an increase in equity awards which resulted in a $4.9 million increase in stock-based compensation.  Information technology 
(IT), software tools expenses and allocated expenses increased by $6.0 million due to increased design activities and higher 
engineering activities.  Testing, laboratory supplies, packaging, outside services and pre-production engineering mask costs 
increased by $4.0 million due to an increase in research and development activities. 

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $32.6 million primarily due 
to  impairment  of  certain  in-process  research  and  development  of  $36.8  million  in  2017.  Salary  and  employee  benefits 
decreased  by  $5.7  million  due  to  completion  of  accrual  of  retention  bonus  of  employees  from  the  ClariPhy  acquisition, 
reduction in employee headcount as a result of restructuring and vacation usage. In addition, testing, laboratory supplies, and 
consulting expenses increased by $4.5 million due to cost reduction efforts implemented. These decreases were partially offset 
by an increase in equity awards, which resulted in a $8.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. In addition, 
for the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded reimbursement from a customer related to research and development of 
$3.0  million  and  none  in  2018.  Depreciation, IT  and  allocated  expenses  increased  by  $2.8  million  due  to  an  increase  in 
equipment, information technology expenses and higher engineering activities of operations group. 

We expect research and development expenses to increase due to our acquisition of eSilicon and our strategy to continue 

to expand our product offerings and enhance our existing product offerings. 

Sales and Marketing 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2017 
     2018 
   2019 

2019 

2018 

     Amount      % 

      Amount      % 

(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

Sales and marketing .........................    $  47,722    $  43,080    $ 42,381    $  4,642      

11%  $ 

699      

2%

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $4.6 million primarily due to an 
increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expenses of $3.1 million.  In addition, commission expenses 
increased by $0.8 million due to higher revenue. 

47 

  
  
    
  
       
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Sales  and  marketing  expenses  for  the  year ended  December 31, 2018 increased by  $0.7  million primarily  due  to  an 
increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $3.2 million due to higher equity awards. The 
increase in the year ended December 31, 2018 was partially offset by a decrease in commission, supplies, travel and allocated 
expenses by $2.0 million, due to lower revenue and cost reduction efforts implemented. 

General and Administrative 

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2017 
     2018 
   2019 

2019 

2018 

     Amount      % 

      Amount      % 

(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

General and administrative ...............    $  30,672    $  28,302    $ 23,782    $  2,370      

8%  $  4,520      

19%

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $2.4 million primarily due to 
an  increase  in  salaries  and  stock-based  compensation  by  $2.9  million,  mainly  due  to  higher  equity  awards.    In  addition, 
professional fees increased by $1.4 million due to higher outside legal fees in connection with the acquisition of eSilicon.  The 
increases were partially offset by decreases in bad debts of $0.6 million and loss on settlement claims related to the ClariPhy 
acquisition of $1.8 million.   

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $4.5 million primarily due to 
an increase in salaries and stock-based compensation by $4.0 million due mainly to higher equity awards. During the year 
ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a bad debt expense of $0.6 million and a loss on a settlement of claims related to the 
ClariPhy acquisition of $2.2 million. The increases were partially offset by a decrease in professional, consulting fees and 
public company filing fees by $0.9 million due to higher fees in 2017 in relation to the acquisition of ClariPhy. In addition, 
allocated expenses such as facility, human resources and information technology expenses decreased by $0.8 million due to 
cost reduction efforts implemented. 

Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes 

Year Ended December 31, 
     2017 
2019 

     2018 

2019 

     Amount      % 
(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

2018 

   Amount      % 

Provision (benefit) for income 

taxes ...........................................      $

396    $ (8,211)   $ (21,176)   $  8,607      

(105)%   $  12,965      

(61)% 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded provision for income taxes of $0.4 million, which reflects an effective 
tax rate of (0.5%).  The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 differed from the statutory rate of 21% primarily 
due to the change in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in operating results, 
unrecognized tax benefits, recognition of federal and state research development credits, and windfall tax benefits from stock-
based compensation. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded an income tax benefit of $8.2 million, which reflects an effective tax 
rate of 8%. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 differed from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due 
to  the  change  in  valuation  allowance,  foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  operating  results, 
unrecognized tax benefits, recognition of federal and state research and development credits, and windfall tax benefits from 
stock-based  compensation.  In  addition,  the  income  tax  benefit  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 2018 included  the  partial 
release  of  federal  valuation  allowance  resulting  from  the  transfer  of  an  acquired  in-process  research  and  development  to 
developed technology in 2018 which allowed the related deferred tax liability to be considered a source of income for realizing 
deferred tax assets, as well as the revaluation of the foreign deferred tax liability on the in-process research and development 
based on the foreign tax rates applicable to the anticipated reversal periods, partially offset by income tax expense for the 
accrual of unrecognized tax benefit for foreign taxes. 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $21.2 million, which reflects an effective 
tax rate of 22%. The effective tax rate of 22% differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the effects of the Tax 
Reform Act that was enacted on December 22, 2017, change in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower 
rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, and recognition of 
research and development credits. The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2017, included an 
income tax benefit of $1.1 million from the partial release of federal and state valuation allowance. 

48 

  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our effective tax rate in the future will depend upon the proportion of our income before provision for income taxes 
earned in the United States and in jurisdictions with a tax rate lower than the U.S. statutory rate, as well as a number of other 
factors, including excess tax benefits from share-based compensation, settlement of tax contingency items, and the impact of 
new legislation. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $422.9 million. 
Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, purchase inventory, acquire property and equipment and business 
acquisitions. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in 
the  changes  in  our outstanding  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses.  Our primary  sources of  cash  are  cash receipts  on 
accounts receivable from our revenue. In 2016 and 2015, we issued convertible debt, which resulted in an increase in cash and 
cash equivalents. Aside from the growth in amounts billed to our customers, net cash collections of accounts receivable are 
impacted by the efficiency of our cash collections process, which can vary from period to period, depending on the timing of 
shipments and payment cycles of our major customers. 

The consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 have been 
revised  to  correct  prior  period  classification  error as  discussed  in  Note  1,  “Organization  and  Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Accordingly, 
the discussion below reflects the impact of those revisions. 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated: 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands) 

2017 

Net cash provided by operating activities ...............................    $ 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ................      
Net cash used in financing activities ......................................      
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..............................    $ 

96,944    $ 
63,017      
(49,256)     
110,705    $ 

78,159    $ 
(35,650)     
(33,941)     
8,568    $ 

77,308   
(24,653 ) 
(34,072 ) 
18,583   

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2019 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $96.7 million, 
stock-based compensation expenses of $76.9 million, and accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance expenses 
of $28.4 million, partially offset by a net loss of $72.9 million, net unrealized gain on equity investment of $2.2 million, gain 
on sale of equity investment of $0.9 million, amortization of discount on marketable securities of $1.1 million, increases in 
accounts receivable of $1.5 million, inventories of $22.0 million and prepaid expenses and other assets of $2.7 million and 
decreases in deferred revenue of $1.7 million and accrued expenses of $0.8 million.  Our accounts receivable increased due 
mainly to increase in revenue.  Our inventories increased due to build-up of inventories for future shipments.  Our prepaid 
expenses and other assets increased due to receivable from mask sharing arrangement. Our deferred revenue decreased due to 
services provided or milestone completions.   Our accrued expenses decreased due to payments. 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2018 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $82.7 million, 
stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $63.9  million,  impairment  of  non-marketable  equity  investment  of  $7.0  million, 
accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance expenses of $26.4 million, decrease in accounts receivable of $6.7 
million and prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.5 million and increases in accounts payable of $2.0 million and deferred 
revenue of $5.0 million, partially offset by a net loss of $95.8 million, deferred income taxes of $8.6 million, net unrealized 
gain on equity investments of $2.4 million, increases in inventories of $1.3 million, decreases in accrued expenses of $4.9 
million  and  other  liabilities  of  $1.1  million,  and  change  in  income  tax  payable/receivable  of  $1.7  million.  Our  accounts 
receivable decreased due mainly to collections. Our prepaid and other assets decreased due to amortization. Our inventories 
and accounts payable increased due to an increase in production volume for shipment in the first quarter of 2019. Our deferred 
revenue  increased  due  to  billing  to  a  customer  in  which  revenue  will  be  recognized  in  the  future.  Our  accrued  expenses 
decreased mainly due to the timing of payment of employee-related expenses. Other liabilities decreased due to payment of 
liability to a customer related to the ClariPhy acquisition.  

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities 

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2019 primarily consisted of sales and maturities of marketable securities of 
$371.5 million and proceeds from sale of an equity investment of $3.4 million, partially offset by purchases of marketable 
securities  of $274.2  million, purchases of property  and  equipment  of $29.5 million, purchases  of  intangible  assets of  $1.1 
million and purchases of equity investments of $7.0 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities in 2018 primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $248.0 million, 
purchases of property and equipment of $31.7 million and purchases of equity investments of $12.8 million, partially offset 
by proceeds from maturities and sales of marketable securities of $254.5 million and proceeds from sale of equity investment 
of $2.4 million. 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities 

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  2019  primarily  consisted  of  minimum  tax  withholding  paid  on  behalf  of 
employees  for  net  share  settlement  of  $33.6 million, payments  of  obligations  related  to  purchase  of  intangible  assets of 
$24.2 million and payment of equipment financing obligations of $0.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from exercises of 
stock options and employee stock purchase plan purchases of $9.0 million. 

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  2018  primarily  consisted  of  minimum  tax  withholding  paid  on  behalf  of 
employees for net share settlement of $19.1 million, payments related to purchase of intangible assets of $21.3 million and 
payment of equipment financing obligations of $0.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from exercise of stock options and 
employee  stock  purchase  plan  purchases  of  $6.6  million  and  repayment  of  long-term  loan  provided  to  a  supplier  of  $0.4 
million. 

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements 

Our principal sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2019 consisted of $422.9 million of cash, cash equivalents and 
investments  in  marketable  securities.  Based  on  our  current  operating  plan,  we  believe  that  our  existing  cash  and  cash 
equivalents and investments in marketable securities from operations will be sufficient to finance our operational cash needs 
through at least the next 12 - 18 months. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we 
increase  headcount,  expand  our  business  activities  and  grow  our  end  customer  base  which  will  result  in  higher  needs  for 
working capital. Our ability to generate cash from operations is also subject to substantial risks described in Part I, “Item 1A, 
Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities. 
We  would  then  be  required  to  use  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  to  support  our  working  capital  and  other  cash 
requirements. If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, we 
may  seek  to  raise  funds  through  equity  or  debt  financing  or  from  other  sources.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through  the 
issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, 
and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we 
raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative 
covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur 
interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would 
be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us. 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019: 

Payments due by period 

   Total 

Less Than 
1 Year 

     1-3 Years       3-5 Years      
(in thousands) 

More Than 
5 Years 

Convertible debt ...................................................    $ 
Interest payable on convertible debt 
Operating lease obligations ..................................      
Obligations related to software license 

intangibles .........................................................      
Obligations under service contract .......................      
Obligations under equipment financing ...............      

517,500    $  230,000    $
4,744      
4,455      

6,900      
52,949      

287,500      
2,156      
12,525    $

—      
—      
12,339    $ 

—  
—  
23,630  

66,400      
3,592      
457      

26,531      
1,508      
364      

39,869      
1,625      
93      

—      
459      
—      

—  
—  
—  

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  recorded  a  liability  for  our  uncertain  tax  position  of  $0.7 million.  We  are  unable  to 
reasonably estimate the timing of payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement of 
tax positions. 

We depend upon third-party subcontractors to manufacture our wafers. Our subcontractor relationships typically allow 
for  the  cancellation  of  outstanding  purchase  orders,  but  require  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred  through  the  date  of 
cancellation. As of December 31, 2019, the total value of open purchase orders for wafers was approximately $14.9 million. 
As of December 31, 2019, we have a commitment to pay $0.5 million of mask costs. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, such as the use of structured finance, 

special purpose entities or variable interest entities. 

Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance 

See Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding recently issued accounting 

pronouncements. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

We  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investments  in  marketable  securities  of $422.9  million  and $407.4  million at 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes. Our exposure to 
market interest-rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge 
the  market  risks  of  our  investments.  We  manage  our  total  portfolio  to  encompass  a  diversified  pool  of  investment-grade 
securities to preserve principal and maintain liquidity. We place our investments with high-quality issuers, money market 
funds and debt securities. Our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2019 consisted of money market funds, U.S. treasury 
securities,  municipal  bonds,  corporate  bonds,  variable  rate  demand  notes,  commercial  paper  and  asset-backed  securities. 
Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have 
their  market  value  adversely  impacted  due  to  an  increase  in  interest  rates,  while  floating  rate  securities  may  produce  less 
income  than  expected  if  interest  rates  fall.  Due  in  part  to  these  factors,  our  future  investment  income  may  fall  short  of 
expectations due to changes in interest rates or if the decline in fair value of our publicly traded debt investments is judged to 
be other-than-temporary. We may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that have declined in market 
value due to changes in interest rates. However, because any debt securities we hold are classified as available-for-sale, no 
gains or losses are realized in the income statement due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to 
maturity or unless declines in value are determined to be other-than-temporary. These securities are reported at fair value with 
the related unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income, reported 
in a separate component of stockholders' equity. Although we currently expect that our ability to access or liquidate these 
investments as needed to support our business activities will continue, we cannot ensure that this will not change. We believe 
that, if market interest rates were to change immediately and uniformly by 10% from levels at December 31, 2019, the impact 
on the fair value of these securities or our cash flows or income would not be material. 

In a low interest rate environment, as short-term investments mature, reinvestment can occur at less favorable market 
rates. Given the short-term nature of certain investments, the current interest rate environment may negatively impact our 
investment income. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding debt of $517.5 million in the form of convertible notes. The fair value of 
our convertible notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair value 
of our convertible notes will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. In addition, the fair 
value of our convertible notes will generally increase as our common stock price increases and will generally decrease as our 
common stock price declines in value. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our convertible notes but 
do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation. 

Our cash and cash equivalents and investment in marketable securities at December 31, 2019 consisted of $395.8 million 
held domestically, with the remaining balance of $27.1 million held by foreign subsidiaries. There may be adverse tax effects 
upon repatriation of these funds to the United States. We do not plan to repatriate cash balances from foreign subsidiaries to 
fund our operations in the United States. 

Foreign Currency Risk 

To date, our international customer and vendor agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in United States 
dollars. Accordingly, we have limited exposure to foreign currency exchange rates and currently enter into immaterial foreign 
currency hedging transactions. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets ...............................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) .........................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) ...............................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ..............................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows .............................................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................................

54
56
57
58
59
60
61

53 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Inphi Corporation 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inphi Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), 
stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the 
related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

Changes in Accounting Principles 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for 
leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in 2018. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our 
responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company 
in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 
in all material respects.  

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 
respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and 
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s  assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts 
or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our  especially  challenging, 
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, 
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Inventory Valuation – Write-down for Excess or Obsolete Inventories 

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable 
value.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company’s  consolidated  inventories  balance  was  $55.0  million.  Inventories  are 
reduced for write-downs based on periodic reviews for evidence of slow-moving or obsolete parts. Management writes 
down the value of inventory based on the comparison between inventory on hand and forecasted customer demand for 
each specific product. Inventory write-downs are also established when conditions indicate the net realizable value is less 
than cost due to physical deterioration, technological obsolescence, changes in price level or other causes. As disclosed by 
management, the calculation of inventory valuation, specifically the write-down for excess or obsolete inventories, requires 
management  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment  regarding  forecasted  customer  demand  and  technological 
obsolescence. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to inventory valuation, specifically 
the  write-down  for  excess  or  obsolete  inventories,  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  there  was  significant  judgment  by 
management when estimating the write-down, including the assumption related to technological obsolescence. This in turn 
led to significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating evidence relating to 
the technological obsolescence assumption. 

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls 
relating to the Company’s inventory valuation, including controls over management’s write-down for excess or obsolete 
inventories. These procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating the appropriateness of and testing management’s 
process for the write-down for excess or obsolete inventories, (ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data 
used  by  management,  and  (iii)  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  management’s  technological  obsolescence 
assumption.  Evaluating management’s assumption related to technological obsolescence involved evaluating whether the 
assumption used  by  management  was reasonable  considering  (i)  historical  customer  purchasing  patterns,  (ii)  customer 
contracts, (iii) industry trends, and (iv) whether the assumption was consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the 
audit. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Los Angeles, California 
March 2, 2020 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................    $ 
Investments in marketable securities ....................................................................      
Accounts receivable, net .......................................................................................      
Inventories ............................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............................................................      
Total current assets ....................................................................................      
Property and equipment, net ............................................................................................      
Goodwill ..........................................................................................................................      
Intangible assets, net .......................................................................................................      
Right of use assets, net ....................................................................................................      
Other assets, net ...............................................................................................................      
Total assets .........................................................................................    $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ..................................................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................................      
Accrued employee expenses .................................................................................      
Other accrued expenses ........................................................................................      
Convertible debt ...................................................................................................      
Other current liabilities .........................................................................................      
Total current liabilities ...............................................................................      
Convertible debt ..............................................................................................................      
Other long-term liabilities ...............................................................................................      
Total liabilities ...........................................................................................      

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

282,723    $
140,131      
60,295      
55,013      
17,463      
555,625      
79,563      
104,502      
168,290      
33,576      
34,450      
976,006    $

18,771    $
3,719      
13,164      
5,125      
217,467      
33,531      
291,777      
258,711      
78,917      
629,405      

172,018   
235,339   
61,271   
33,052   
9,600   
511,280   
70,740   
104,502   
180,447   
—   
22,904   
889,873   

15,891   
5,432   
11,206   
7,595   
—   
24,319   
64,443   
447,825   
10,911   
523,179   

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares 

issued ................................................................................................................      

—      

—   

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 45,909,466 
and 44,292,722 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively .......................................................................................................      
Additional paid-in capital .....................................................................................      
Accumulated deficit ..............................................................................................      
Accumulated other comprehensive income ..........................................................      
Total stockholders’ equity ..........................................................................      
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity.........................................................................    $ 

46      
587,862      
(242,807)     
1,500      
346,601      
976,006    $

44   
536,157   
(169,896 ) 
389   
366,694   
889,873   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
     
       
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
   
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Revenue ..............................................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenue ...................................................................................      
Gross profit .........................................................................................      
Operating expenses: 
Research and development .................................................................      
Sales and marketing ...........................................................................      
General and administrative .................................................................      
Total operating expenses .........................................................      
Loss from operations ..........................................................................      
Interest expense ..................................................................................      
Other income, net ...............................................................................      
Loss before income taxes ...................................................................      
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ..................................................      
Net loss ........................................................................................    $ 

Earnings per share: 

365,635    $
152,814      
212,821      

183,875      
47,722      
30,672      
262,269      
(49,448)     
(34,920)     
11,853      
(72,515)     
396      
(72,911)   $

294,490     $
129,345       
165,145       

167,924       
43,080       
28,302       
239,306       
(74,161 )     
(32,209 )     
2,408       
(103,962 )     
(8,211 )     
(95,751 )   $

Basic ............................................................................................    $ 
Diluted .........................................................................................    $ 

(1.61)   $
(1.61)   $

(2.19 )   $
(2.19 )   $

348,201  
151,698  
196,503  

200,539  
42,381  
23,782  
266,702  
(70,199) 
(29,842) 
3,961  
(96,080) 
(21,176) 
(74,904) 

(1.78) 
(1.78) 

Weighted-average shares used in computing earnings per share: 

Basic ............................................................................................      
Diluted .........................................................................................      

45,226,717      
45,226,717      

43,690,581       
43,690,581       

42,165,213  
42,165,213  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Net loss ..............................................................................................   $ 

(72,911)   $

(95,751 )   $

(74,904) 

Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Available for sale investments: 

Change in unrealized gain or loss, net of $0, $0, and $0 

tax expense in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively .......     
Realized gain reclassified into earnings, net of tax .........     
Comprehensive loss ...........................................................................   $ 

1,173      
(62)     
(71,800)   $

(179 )     
(1 )     
(95,931 )   $

(9) 
(1) 
(74,914) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands, except share amounts)  

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated 
Deficit) 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

Total 
Stock-
holders’ 
Equity 

  Common Stock 
  Shares 

    Amount       

Balance at December 31, 2016 .............    41,303,363    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

41    $  459,928    $ 

1,976   $ 

579   $ 462,524  

exercise of stock options ...................    

300,982      

1      

2,174      

—     

—     

2,175  

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grants, net of 
shares withheld for tax ......................     1,004,785      

1      

(27,776 )    

Issuance of common stock from 

employee stock purchase plan ..........    
Stock-based compensation expense .....    
Cumulative effect of change in 

171,099      
—      

—      
—      

5,776      
44,832      

—     

—     
—     

—      
accounting principle ..........................    
—      
Net loss .................................................    
—      
Other comprehensive loss, net ..............    
Balance at December 31, 2017 .............    42,780,229    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
43    $  484,934    $ 

(1,217)    
(74,904)    
—     
(74,145)  $ 

—     

(27,775) 

—     
—     

5,776  
44,832  

(1,217) 
—     
(74,904) 
—     
(10)    
(10) 
569   $ 411,401  

exercise of stock options ...................    

187,742      

—      

719      

—     

—     

719  

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grant, net of 
shares withheld for tax ......................     1,041,258      

Issuance of common stock from 

283,493      
employee stock purchase plan ..........    
—      
Stock-based compensation expense .....    
—      
Net loss .................................................    
—      
Other comprehensive loss, net ..............    
Balance at December 31, 2018 .............    44,292,722    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

1      

(19,286 )    

—     

—     

(19,285) 

5,906      
—      
63,884      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
44    $  536,157    $ 

—     
—     
(95,751)    
—     
(169,896)  $ 

5,906  
—     
63,884  
—     
(95,751) 
—     
(180) 
(180)    
389   $ 366,694  

exercise of stock options ...................    

253,980      

—      

2,616      

—     

—     

2,616  

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grant, net of 
shares withheld for tax ......................     1,154,043      

Issuance of common stock from 

2      

(34,140 )    

—     

—     

(34,138) 

208,721      
employee stock purchase plan ..........    
—      
Stock-based compensation expense .....    
—      
Net loss .................................................    
—      
Other comprehensive loss, net ..............    
Balance at December 31, 2019 .............    45,909,466    $ 

6,374      
—      
76,855      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
46    $  587,862    $ 

—     
—     
(72,911)    
—     
(242,807)  $ 

6,374  
—     
76,855  
—     
(72,911) 
—     
1,111     
1,111  
1,500   $ 346,601  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

59 

  
  
    
   
   
   
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands)  

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

(72,911)   $ 

(95,751)   $ 

(74,904) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net loss ..........................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................       
Stock-based compensation .....................................................................       
Gain from sale of an equity investment ..................................................       
Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment ................................       
Net unrealized gain on equity investments .............................................       
Impairment of non-marketable equity investment ..................................       
Impairment of intangible assets ..............................................................       
Deferred income taxes ............................................................................       
Accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance expenses....       
Amortization of premiums (discount) on marketable securities .............       
Other noncash items ...............................................................................       
Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable .......................................................................       
Inventories ......................................................................................       
Prepaid expenses and other assets ..................................................       
Income tax payable/receivable .......................................................       
Accounts payable ...........................................................................       
Accrued expenses ...........................................................................       
Deferred revenue ............................................................................       
Other liabilities ...............................................................................       
Net cash provided by operating activities ...............................       

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchases of property and equipment ............................................................       
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment .......................................       
Purchases of marketable securities .................................................................       
Sales of marketable securities ........................................................................       
Maturities of marketable securities ................................................................       
Proceeds from sale of equity investments ......................................................       
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations ..............................................       
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired .................................................       
Purchases of intangible assets ........................................................................       
Purchases of equity investment in private companies ....................................       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ................       

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ........................................................       
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan ................................................       
Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share 

settlement ...................................................................................................       
Payments of obligations related to purchase of intangible assets ...................       
Repayment of long-term loan .........................................................................       
Payments of obligations related to equipment financing ................................       
Net cash used in financing activities ......................................       
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ......................................................       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............................................       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................................................     $ 
Supplemental cash flow information 

96,694      
76,855      
(924)     
444      
(2,201)     
—      
—      
337      
28,353      
(1,118)     
(46)     

(1,524)     
(21,961)     
(2,707)     
279      
482      
(805)     
(1,713)     
(590)     
96,944      

(29,518)     
—      
(274,246)     
168,426      
203,068      
3,424      
—      
—      
(1,137)     
(7,000)     
63,017      

2,616      
6,374      

(33,596)     
(24,221)     
—      
(429)     
(49,256)     
110,705      
172,018      
282,723    $ 

82,719      
63,884      
—      
331      
(2,441)     
7,000      
—      
(8,628)     
26,394      
(583)     
2      

6,722      
(1,331)     
549      
(1,671)     
1,963      
(4,902)     
4,997      
(1,095)     
78,159      

(31,713)     
145      
(248,038)     
11,654      
242,825      
2,414      
—      
—      
(126)     
(12,811)     
(35,650)     

719      
5,906      

(19,118)     
(21,311)     
405      
(542)     
(33,941)     
8,568      
163,450      
172,018    $ 

Income taxes paid (refund received) ......................................................     $ 
Interest paid ............................................................................................       

(155)   $ 
6,577      

2,155    $ 
5,818      

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities 

Software license intangible assets ..........................................................       
Equity investment acquired as settlement of receivable from a 

57,406      

20,066      

customer .............................................................................................       

2,500      

—      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

60 

77,855  
44,833  
—  
(174) 
—  
—  
47,014  
(22,428) 
24,574  
1,040  
(10) 

(17,392) 
318  
2,272  
(638) 
1,655  
(554) 
(3,195) 
(2,958) 
77,308  

(37,437) 
100  
(261,247) 
85,163  
182,299  
—  
10,690  
(1,800) 
(2,421) 
—  
(24,653) 

2,214  
5,776  

(27,673) 
(13,688) 
333  
(1,034) 
(34,072) 
18,583  
144,867  
163,450  

2,158  
5,194  

2,888  

—  

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
  
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Inphi Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in November 2000. The Company is a 
fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and cloud markets. 
The Company’s semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput 
and  minimize  latency  in  computing  environments  and  enable  the  rollout  of  next  generation  communications  and  cloud 
infrastructures. In addition, the semiconductor solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between analog signals and digital 
information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment 
and data centers. 

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties and believes changes in any of the following areas could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position or results of operations or cash flows: ability to sustain 
profitable  operations  due  to  losses  incurred  and  accumulated  deficit,  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  for  a 
substantial  portion  of  revenue,  product  defects,  risks  related  to  intellectual  property  matters,  lengthy  sales  cycle  and 
competitive selection process, lengthy and expensive qualification process, ability to develop new or enhanced products in a 
timely manner, market development of and demand for the Company’s products, reliance on third parties to manufacture, 
assemble and test products and ability to compete. 

Basis of Presentation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and subsidiaries. 
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Revisions 

In  connection  with  the  preparation  of  the  Company’s  2019  year-end  consolidated  financial  statements,  a 
classification error in the Company’s previously issued consolidated statements of cash flows was identified. Specifically, it 
was determined that payments made under the Company’s multi-year agreements for the purchase of internal use intangible 
assets  should have  been  classified  as  use of  cash for financing  activities  and not  as use  of  cash for investing  activities  as 
originally presented. Such classification error had no impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of 
income (loss), statements of comprehensive income (loss) or statements of stockholders’ equity. The Company has concluded 
that such classification error did not result in the previously issued financial statements being materially misstated. However, 
the  Company  has  revised  the  accompanying  2018  and  2017  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows  to  correct  for  such 
classification error. The effect of the revisions on the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 
2018 was as follows: (i) cash used in investing activities decreased $21,311 from $56,961 to $35,650, and (ii) cash used in 
financing activities increased $21,311 from $12,630 to $33,941. The effect of the revisions on the consolidated statement of 
cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 was as follows: (i) cash used in investing activities decreased $13,688 from 
$38,341 to $24,653, and (ii) cash used in financing activities increased $13,688 from $20,384 to $34,072.   

See also note 18 for further information regarding the impact of this classification error on the Company’s 2019 and 

2018 unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts 
of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

61 

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to (i) the collectibility of accounts 
receivable and allowance for distributors’ price discounts; (ii) write-down for excess and obsolete inventories; (iii) warranty 
obligations;  (iv) the  value  assigned  to  and  estimated  useful  lives  of  long-lived  assets;  (v) the  realization  of  tax  assets  and 
estimates of tax liabilities and tax reserves; (vi) the measurement of non-marketable equity securities; (vii) amounts recorded 
in connection with acquisitions; (viii) recoverability of intangible assets and goodwill; and (ix) the recognition and disclosure 
of fair value of convertible debt and contingent liabilities. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well 
as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
The Company engages third party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of certain financial 
instruments and assets associated with various contractual arrangements, and valuation of assets acquired in connection with 
acquisitions. Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant 
judgment  in  evaluating  ranges  of  assumptions  and  financial  inputs.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  those  estimates  under 
different assumptions or circumstances. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The Company and its subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Foreign currency assets and liabilities 
are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities, which are 
remeasured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured at the exchange rate in effect during the period 
the  transaction  occurred,  except  for  those  expenses  related  to  balance  sheet  amounts,  which  are  remeasured  at  historical 
exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) 
as part of “other income, net.” Foreign currency gain (loss) in 2019, 2018 and 2017 were ($453), ($135) and $22, respectively. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at 
the  date  of  purchase  to  be  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  maintains  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  major  financial 
institutions and, at times, such balances with any one financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
insurance limits. Cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds. 

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying amount reflected in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid and other 
current  assets,  accounts  payable and  other  current  liabilities,  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  these 
financial instruments. 

Investments  

Investments in marketable securities consist of available-for-sale securities. These investments are recorded at fair 
value with changes in fair value, net of applicable taxes, recorded as unrealized gains (losses) as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses are included in Other income, net. The cost 
basis for realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a specific identification basis. The Company 
periodically evaluates whether declines in fair values of its investments below their book values are other-than-temporary. 
When the fair value is lower than the amortized cost, the Company considers whether: (1) it has the intent to sell the security; 
(2) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery; or (3) it expects to recover the entire 
amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will be 
required to sell the security, the entire difference between the amortized cost and fair value is recognized in other income, net. 
If the Company does not intend to sell a security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security 
but the security has suffered an impairment related to credit, the credit loss is bifurcated from the total decline in value and 
recorded  in  other  income,  net  with  the  remaining  portion  recorded  within  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  in 
stockholders’ equity. Investments are made based on the Company’s investment policy which restricts the types of investments 
that can be made. The Company classified available-for-sale securities as short-term as the investments are available to be 
used in current operations. 

62 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

 On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement of 
Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities,  which  changed  the  way  the  Company  accounts  for  non-marketable  equity 
investments. The Company adjusts the carrying value of non-marketable equity investments to fair value upon observable 
transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer or impairment (referred to as the measurement alternative). 
All gains and losses on non-marketable equity investments, realized and unrealized, are recognized in other income, net. There 
was no cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of this guidance. 

Inventories  

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  Cost  is  computed  using  standard  cost,  which 
approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventories are reduced for write-downs based on periodic reviews for 
evidence  of  slow-moving  or  obsolete  parts.  The  write-down  is  based  on  the  comparison  between  inventory  on  hand  and 
forecasted customer demand for each specific product. Once written down, inventory write-downs are not reversed until the 
inventory is sold or scrapped. Inventory write-downs are also established when conditions indicate the net realizable value is 
less than cost due to physical deterioration, technological obsolescence, changes in price level or other causes.  

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization 
is provided on property and equipment over the estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are 
amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  their  estimated  useful  lives  or  the  related  lease  term.  Repairs  and 
maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Useful lives by asset category are as follows: 

Asset Category 
Office equipment ...........................................................................................   
Software ........................................................................................................   
Leasehold improvements ...............................................................................    Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life   
Production equipment ...................................................................................   
Computer equipment .....................................................................................   
Lab equipment ...............................................................................................   
Furniture and fixtures ....................................................................................   

2 - 5 
5 
5 
7 

Years 
3 
3 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets represent rights acquired for developed technology, customer relationships, trademarks, patents and 
in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) in connection with business acquisitions. Intangible assets with finite useful 
lives are amortized over periods ranging from one to ten years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic 
benefits of the intangible asset are consumed, or if that pattern cannot be reliably determined, using a straight-line amortization 
method. Acquired IPR&D is capitalized and amortization commences upon completion of the underlying projects. If any of 
the projects are abandoned, the Company would be required to impair the related IPR&D asset. 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill 

Long-lived Assets  

The  Company  assesses  the  impairment  of long-lived  assets, which  consist  primarily  of property and  equipment  and 
intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired and the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that an asset is impaired include significant 
decreases  in  the  market  value  of  an  asset,  significant  underperformance  relative  to  expected  historical  or  projected  future 
results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, significant declines in the estimated fair 
value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of key management or personnel, changes in 
the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces. 

63 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

 If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the 
expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment 
loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the 
present  value  of  estimated  expected  future  cash  flows  using  a  discount  rate  commensurate  with  the  risk  involved,  quoted 
market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature of the asset. 

Goodwill  

Goodwill  is  recorded  when  consideration  paid  for  a  business  acquisition  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and 
intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth fiscal quarter 
or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist.   

To review for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances 
lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
The  qualitative  assessment  of  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  whether  performed  annually  or  based  on  specific  events  or 
circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. Those factors include: (i) 
severe  adverse  industry  or  economic  trends;  (ii)  significant  company-specific  actions,  including  exiting  an  activity  in 
conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of its financial performance; or 
(iv)  a  sustained  decrease  in  its  market  capitalization  below  its  net  book  value.  After  assessing  the  totality  of  events  and 
circumstances, if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than 
its carrying amount, no further assessment is performed. If however, the Company determines that it is more likely than not 
that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal 
to the excess. There was no impairment of goodwill in 2019, 2018 and 2017.   

Internal Use Software Costs 

Certain external computer software costs acquired for internal use are capitalized. Training costs and maintenance are 
expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in 
additional  functionality.  Capitalized  costs  are  included  within  property  and  equipment.  If  a  cloud  computing  arrangement 
includes a software license, then the Company accounts for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with 
the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the Company 
accounts for the arrangement as a service contract. 

Revenue Recognition 

Prior to January 1, 2018, the Company recognized revenue when there was persuasive evidence of an arrangement, 

delivery had occurred, the fee was fixed or determinable, and collection was reasonably assured. 

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers (Topic 606), using the modified retrospective method applied to those contracts which were not completed as of 
January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance resulted in no cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2018. Starting 
January 1, 2018, the Company recognizes revenue on sales to distributors upon shipment and transfer of control (known as 
“sell-in” revenue recognition), rather than deferring recognition until distributors report that they have sold the products to 
their customers (known as “sell-through” revenue recognition). The impact of the adoption on revenue and cost of revenue for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2018 was  an  increase  of  $3,778  and  $779,  respectively.  Deferred  revenue  and  inventories 
decreased by $3,778 and $779 as of December 31, 2018, respectively. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 
1, 2018 are presented under the new revenue guidance, while prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted and continue to 
be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic revenue recognition accounting. 

64 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table shows revenue by geography, based on the receiving location of customers: 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands) 

2017 

China ......................................................................................    $ 
United States ..........................................................................      
Thailand ..................................................................................      
Other .......................................................................................      
  $ 

164,715    $ 
103,402      
54,468      
43,050      
365,635    $ 

113,684    $ 
87,545      
40,884      
52,377      
294,490    $ 

114,168   
92,620   
45,205   
96,208   
348,201   

 The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an 

amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for such goods or services. 

Product Revenue 

The  Company’s  products  are  fully  functional  at  the  time  of  shipment  and  do  not  require  additional  production, 
modification, or customization. The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control at a point in time when title transfers 
either upon shipment to or receipt by the customer, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances. Sales and other 
taxes the Company collects are excluded from revenue. The fee is based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at 
specified prices, which is evidenced by a customer purchase order or other evidence of an arrangement. Certain distributors 
may  receive  a  credit  for  price  discounts  associated  with  the  distributors'  customers  that  purchased  those  products.  The 
Company estimates the extent of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts receivable and 
revenue. Although the Company accrues an estimate of distributor price discounts, the Company does not issue these discounts 
to the distributor until the inventory is sold to the distributors' customers. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the estimated 
price discount was $656 and $1,634, respectively. Payment terms of customers are typically 30 to 60 days after invoice date. 
The Company’s products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two 
years. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual 
historical  warranty  claims  experience  including  knowledge  of  specific  product  failures  that  are  outside  of  the  Company’s 
typical experience. 

Other Revenue 

Occasionally, the Company enters into license and development agreements with some of its customers and recognizes 
revenue from these agreements upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables or as services are 
provided, depending on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts billed or received prior to transfer 
of  control.  The  Company  believes  the  milestone method best  depicts  the  efforts  expended  to  transfer  services  to  the 
customers under  most  of  the  Company’s  development  agreements.  Certain  contracts  may  include  multiple  performance 
obligations for which the Company allocates revenues to each performance obligation based on relative stand-alone selling 
price. The Company determines stand-alone selling prices based on observable evidence.  When stand-alone selling prices are 
not directly observable, the Company uses the adjusted market assessment approach or residual approach, if applicable. 

The  Company  does  not  disclose  the  value  of  unsatisfied  performance  obligations  for  (i)  contracts  with  an  original 
expected length of one year or less or (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has 
the right to invoice for services performed.  The estimated revenue expected to be recognized in 2020 and 2021 related to 
performance  obligations  that  are  unsatisfied  (or  partially  unsatisfied)  as  of  December  31,  2019  was  $12,338  and  $7,790, 
respectively. 

Revenue from non-product sales was approximately 7%, 3% and 3% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 

2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

The Company monitors the collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable 
aging. The Company’s policy is to record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific collection issues identified, 
aging of underlying receivables and historical experience of uncollectible balances. 

65 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Cost of Revenue 

Cost  of  revenue  includes  cost  of  materials,  such  as  wafers  processed  by  third-party  foundries,  cost  associated  with 
packaging  and  assembly,  testing  and  shipping,  cost  of  personnel,  including  stock-based  compensation,  and  equipment 
associated  with  manufacturing  support,  logistics  and  quality  assurance,  warranty  cost,  amortization  and  impairment  of 
developed  technology,  amortization of  step-up  values of  inventory, write-down of  inventories,  amortization  of production 
mask costs, overhead and occupancy costs. 

Warranty 

The Company’s products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one 
or two years. The Company accrues for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and 
actual historical warranty claims experience including knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of the Company’s 
typical  experience.  The  warranty  obligation  is  determined  based  on  product  failure  rates,  cost  of  replacement  and  failure 
analysis cost. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments may be required in the future. As 
of both December 31, 2019 and 2018, the warranty liability was immaterial. 

Research and Development Expense 

Research  and  development  expense  consists  of  costs  incurred  in  performing  research  and  development  activities 
including salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, occupancy costs, pre-production engineering mask costs, 
impairment of in-process research and development, overhead costs and prototype wafer, packaging and test costs. Research 
and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  Company  enters  into  development  agreements  with  some  of  the 
Company’s customers. Recoveries from nonrecurring engineering services from early stage technology are recorded as an 
offset  to  product  development  expense  incurred  in  support  of  this  effort  and  serve  as  a  mechanism  to  partially  recover 
development expenditures. These reimbursements are recognized upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract 
deliverables or milestones. The Company recorded approximately $0, $0 and $3,000 as offset to research and development 
expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Sales and Marketing Expense  

Sales and marketing expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, travel, trade show costs, 
amortization of intangibles and others. The Company expenses sales and marketing costs as incurred. Advertising expenses 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were not material. 

General and Administrative Expense  

General and administrative expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits and expenses for 
executive management, legal, finance and others. In addition, general and administrative expense includes fees for professional 
services and occupancy costs. These costs are expensed as incurred. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets 
and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected 
to reverse. The Company recognizes the deferred income tax effects of a change in tax rates in the period of enactment. The 
Company must also make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. 
To the extent that it believes that recovery is not likely, the Company must establish a valuation allowance. The carrying value 
of the Company’s net deferred tax asset is based on whether it is more likely than not that the Company will generate sufficient 
future taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets which 
the Company does not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. The Company’s judgments regarding future taxable 
income may change over time due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. 
If the Company’s assumptions and consequently its estimates change in the future, the valuation allowance the Company has 
established  may  be  increased  or  decreased,  resulting  in  a  material  respective  increase  or  decrease  in  income  tax  expense 
(benefit) and related impact on the Company’s reported net income (loss). 

66 

 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The  Company  regularly  performs  a  comprehensive  review  of  uncertain  tax  positions.  An  uncertain  tax  position 
represents an expected treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or 
claim, which has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. Until these positions 
are sustained by the taxing authorities, the Company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and 
reports  the  tax  effects  as  a  liability  for  uncertain  tax  positions  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company 
recognizes potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions within the provision (benefit) for income taxes on the 
consolidated statement of income (loss). 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Reform Act 
contains significant changes to U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 
35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory repatriation of accumulated earnings 
and  profits  of  foreign  subsidiaries  in  conjunction  with  the  elimination  of  U.S.  tax  on  dividend  distributions  from  foreign 
subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital investments. The effect of the tax law 
changes must be recognized in the period of enactment. As a result of the change in tax rate, the Company's deferred tax assets 
and liabilities were required to be remeasured to reflect their value at a lower tax rate of 21%. Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 
(“SAB 118”) allows for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the new tax legislation to finalize 
the  recording  of  the  related  tax  impacts.  In  accordance  with  SAB  118,  as  of  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  made  a 
provisional estimate of the remeasurement of the federal deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the reduced U.S. statutory 
corporate tax rate to 21%, the mandatory repatriation income which was fully absorbed by the U.S. net operating loss, the 
related valuation allowance offset, and valuation allowance release on deferred tax assets for the federal alternative minimum 
tax (“AMT”) credit that was made refundable by the Tax Reform Act. During 2018, the Company elected to account for global 
intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) as a period cost in the year the tax is incurred and made changes to its provisional 
estimates previously recorded for the mandatory repatriation upon filing of its 2017 U.S. income tax return. The change in the 
mandatory repatriation income was fully absorbed by the U.S. net operating loss, which is subject to valuation allowance, and 
resulted in no current tax liability. This measurement period adjustment had no net tax effect after the offsetting change to the 
valuation allowance. At December 31, 2018, the Company completed the accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax 
effects of the Tax Reform Act. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

Stock-based compensation for stock option and restricted stock units issued to the Company’s employees is measured 
at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is 
the vesting period, on a straight-line basis or graded vesting basis for awards with performance or market-based conditions. 
The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. 
If the award has a market condition, the Company estimates the fair value using Monte Carlo simulation model and recognizes 
compensation ratably over the service period. 

The Company has elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service 
conditions  as  single  awards  and  recognizes  stock-based  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  (net  of  estimated 
forfeitures) over the requisite service period. 

The Company recognizes non-employee stock-based compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of the 
equity instrument determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or fair value of the Company's common stock. 
Management believes that the fair value of the underlying stock award is more reliably measured than the fair value of the 
services received. The fair value of each non-employee variable stock award is re-measured each period until a commitment 
date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.  Starting January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the new guidance for 
equity-classified share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees, and therefore no longer remeasures awards each period 
until a commitment date is reached.  The stock-based compensation expense is measured on the grant date. The Company 
recognizes compensation cost for awards with performance conditions when achievement of those conditions are probable, 
rather than upon their achievement. 

67 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Earnings per Share  

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average 
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net 
income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the 
effects of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, employee share 
purchase plan and the shares that could be issued upon conversion of the Company’s convertible debt. The capped call options 
in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their 
impact is always anti-dilutive. 

Segment Information  

The Company operates in one reportable segment related to  the design, development and sale of high-speed analog 
connectivity components that operate to maintain, amplify and improve signal integrity at high-speeds in a wide variety of 
applications.  The  Company’s  chief  operating  decision-maker  is  its  Chief  Executive  Officer,  who  reviews financial  and 
operational information on a consolidated basis for the purpose of evaluating relative performance, progress against strategic 
objectives and making decisions about investing resources. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that requires companies that 
lease assets (lessees) to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leases 
with lease terms of more than 12 months. The FASB also issued additional updates to such guidance. For leases less than 
twelve months, an entity is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease 
assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease expense for such leases generally on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term. The guidance requires entities to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the 
earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach or allows entities to initially apply the new lease standard at 
the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of 
adoption. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2019. See note 7 in the notes to consolidated financial statements 
for further details. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance which requires the credit losses related to debt securities classified as available-
for sale to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down.  The guidance also requires that an entity measure and 
recognize  expected  credit  losses  for  financial  assets  held  at  amortized  cost  and  replaces  the  incurred  loss  impairment 
methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that requires consideration of a broader range of information to estimate 
credit losses.  This guidance is effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this guidance 
is not expected to have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  to  simplify  the  measurement  of  goodwill  by  eliminating  the  Step  2 
impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill 
with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The guidance requires an entity to compare the fair value of a reporting unit with 
its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting 
unit’s fair value. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying 
amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The guidance becomes effective for 
goodwill  impairment  tests  in  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  though  early  adoption  is  permitted.  The 
Company  adopted  this  guidance on January  1, 2019.  The  adoption of  this  standard did not have  a material  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance that allows an option to reclassify from accumulated other comprehensive 
income to retained earnings any stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act"). The guidance 
will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018.  The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2019. 
The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

68 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  to  eliminate  the  separate  guidance  applicable  to  share-based  payments  to 
nonemployees.  Under  the  new  guidance,  equity-classified  share-based  payment  awards  issued  to  nonemployees  will  be 
measured on the grant date, instead of being remeasured through the performance completion date (generally the vesting date), 
as  required  under  the  current  guidance.  The  guidance  also  requires  recognition  of  compensation  cost  for  awards  with 
performance conditions when achievement of those conditions are probable, rather than upon their achievement. Further, the 
guidance  eliminates  the  requirement  to  reassess  the  classification  of  nonemployee  awards  under  the  financial  instruments 
literature upon vesting. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted 
this guidance on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements 

In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance that eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements 
for all entities, requires public entities to disclose certain new information and modifies some disclosure requirements. The 
new guidance will no longer require disclosure of the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy, but will require disclosure of the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable 
inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. 
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance requiring a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service 
contract to follow the internal use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350-40 to determine which 
implementation  costs  to  capitalize  as  assets.  Capitalized  implementation  costs  are  expensed  over  the  term  of  the  hosting 
arrangement beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. The guidance 
will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a 
material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2018, the FASB issued amendments to guidance on “Collaborative Arrangements” and “Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers”, that require transactions in collaborative arrangements to be accounted for under “Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers” if the counterparty is a customer for a good or service (or bundle of goods and services) that is a 
distinct  unit  of  account.  The  amendments  also  preclude  entities  from  presenting  consideration  from  transactions  with  a 
collaborator that is not a customer together with revenue recognized from contracts with customers. The guidance will be 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material 
impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance that simplifies the accounting for income taxes as part of FASB's overall 
initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards.  Amendments include removal of certain exceptions to the general 
principles of ASC 740, Income Taxes, and simplification in general other areas such as accounting for a franchise tax (or 
similar tax) that is partially based on income.  The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2020, though early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this new guidance will have 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

2. Investments  

The following table summarizes the investments by investment category: 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. Treasury securities ................................................   $ 
Municipal bonds ...........................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds ..................................................     
Asset-backed securities.................................................     
Commercial paper ........................................................     
Certificate of deposit ....................................................     
Total investments .............................................................   $ 

December 31, 2019 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gain 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Loss 

     Fair Value 

7    $ 
57      
591      
29      
1      
—      
685    $ 

—    $ 
—      
(1)     
—      
(1)     
—      
(2)   $ 

3,759  
6,119  
119,449  
4,268  
6,464  
72  
140,131  

Cost 

3,752    $ 
6,062      
118,859      
4,239      
6,464      
72      
139,448    $ 

69 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

December 31, 2018 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gain 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Loss 

Cost 

     Fair Value    

Available-for-sale securities: 

Municipal bonds ......................................................    $ 
Corporate notes/bonds .............................................      
Variable rate demand notes ......................................      
Asset-backed securities ............................................      
Commercial paper ....................................................      
Certificate of deposit ................................................      
Total investments ........................................................    $ 

6,751    $ 
146,466      
8,900      
32,986      
39,707      
956      
235,766    $ 

1    $ 
14      
—      
—      
—      
—      
15    $ 

(19)   $ 
(354)     
—      
(63)     
(6)     
—      
(442)   $ 

6,733  
146,126  
8,900  
32,923  
39,701  
956  
235,339  

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  three investments  that  were  in  an  unrealized  loss  position.  The  gross 
unrealized losses on these investments at December 31, 2019 were primarily due to changes in interest rates and determined 
to be temporary in nature.  

The realized gain related to the Company’s available-for-sale investment, which was reclassified from accumulated 

other comprehensive income, was included in other income, net in the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

Contractual maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2019 are presented in the following table: 

Due in one year or less .....................................................................................    $ 
Due between one and five years .......................................................................      
  $ 

88,803    $ 
50,645      
139,448    $ 

89,049  
51,082  
140,131  

Cost 

Fair Value 

The Company has a marketable equity investment in a company located in Taiwan. The fair value of the investment 
and  unrealized  loss  as  of  December  31,  2019 was  $1,662  and  $332,  respectively.  The  fair  value  of  the  investment  and 
unrealized loss as of December 31, 2018 was $1,387 and $607, respectively. This investment is presented within other assets, 
net on the consolidated balance sheet.  During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company sold a marketable equity 
investment in a company located in the United States acquired in the same year for $3,424.  The gain on sale of $924 was 
included in other income, net in the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

          The Company has non-marketable equity investments in privately held companies without readily determinable market 
values.  Prior  to  January  1,  2018,  the  Company  accounted  for  non-marketable  equity  investments  at  cost  less  impairment. 
Realized gains and losses on non-marketable equity investments sold or impaired were recognized in other income, net. On  

January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement of Financial 
Assets and Financial Liabilities, which changed the way the Company accounts for non-marketable equity investments. The 
Company  adjusts  the  carrying  value  of  non-marketable  equity  investments  to  fair  value  upon  observable  transactions  for 
identical or similar investments of the same issuer or impairment (referred to as the measurement alternative). All gains and 
losses  on  non-marketable  equity  investments,  realized  and  unrealized,  are  recognized  in  other  income,  net.  There  was  no 
cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of this guidance. As of December 31, 2019, non-marketable equity investments 
had a carrying value of $25,792, of which $8,792 was remeasured to fair value based on observable transaction during the 
year ended December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, non-marketable equity investments had a carrying value of $16,866, 
of  which  $6,066  was  remeasured  to  fair  value  based  on  observable  transaction  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2018.   These  investments  are  presented  within  other  assets,  net  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  unrealized  gain 
recorded in other income, net and included as adjustment to the carrying value of non-marketable equity investments held was 
$1,926 and $3,066 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 
the  Company  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of $7,000  related  to  a  certain  investment  in  a  private  company  because  the 
investee was in receivership and the Company was not expected to recover its cost.  The impairment charge was included in 
other income, net in the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

70 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

3. Concentrations  

Financial  instruments  that  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash,  cash 
equivalents,  investments  in  marketable  securities  and  trade  accounts  receivable.  The  Company  extends  differing  levels  of 
credit to customers and does not require collateral deposits. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has allowance 
for  doubtful  accounts  of  $1,152.  As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  has  allowance  for  distributors’  price 
discounts of $656 and $1,634, respectively. 

The following table summarizes the significant customers’ (including distributors) accounts receivable and revenue as 

a percentage of total accounts receivable and total revenue, respectively: 

Accounts Receivable 
Customer A ..............................................................................................................     
Customer B ..............................................................................................................     
Customer C ..............................................................................................................     
Customer D ..............................................................................................................     
Customer E ..............................................................................................................     

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

15 %     
13        
*        
19        
*        

Revenue 
Customer A ................................................................      
Customer B ................................................................      
Customer C ................................................................      
Customer D ................................................................      
Customer E ................................................................      

* 

Less than 10% of total receivable or total revenue 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

14%     
*  
11  
*  
*  

18 %     
*   
*   
*   
11   

13% 
13  
*  
*  
*  

12% 
12  
*  
*  
*  

Customer A is a subcontractor of a direct customer that would be a “Customer F” above. In the aggregate, revenue to 
Customer A and Customer F as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 14%, 18% and 17% for the years ended 
December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Customer  B  is  a  subcontractor  of  a  direct  customer  that  would  be  a 
“Customer  G”  above.  In  the  aggregate,  revenue  to  Customer  B and  Customer  G as  a  percentage  of  total  revenue  was 
approximately 11%, 14% and 14% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, the 
Company sells directly and indirectly through subcontractors to what would be a “Customer H” above. The Company believes, 
in the aggregate, revenue to Customer H, including its subcontractors as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 11% 
and 11% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  The Company believes, in the aggregate, revenue to 
Customer H, including its subcontractors was significant but less than 10% of the total revenue for the year ended December 
31, 2019.  Customers C and D are subcontractors and Customer E is a distributor, all of whom sell to various end customers. 

4. Inventories  

Inventories consist of the following: 

Raw materials ..........................................................................................................    $ 
Work in process .......................................................................................................      
Finished goods.........................................................................................................      
  $ 

18,593    $ 
19,081      
17,339      
55,013    $ 

12,435  
13,602  
7,015  
33,052  

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

71 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

5. Property and Equipment, net   

Property and equipment consist of the following: 

Laboratory and production equipment ...........................................................................    $ 
Office, software and computer equipment .....................................................................      
Furniture and fixtures .....................................................................................................      
Leasehold improvements ................................................................................................      

Less accumulated depreciation .......................................................................................      
  $ 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

144,866    $ 
37,241      
1,617      
8,282      
192,006      
(112,443)     
79,563    $ 

121,716  
30,190  
1,558  
7,609  
161,073  
(90,333) 
70,740  

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $22,399, $20,227 

and $20,631, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018,  computer software costs  included  in property  and  equipment  were  $7,339  and 
$6,879, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized computer software costs was $384, $591 and $1,038, for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Property and equipment not paid as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $4,728 and $2,580, respectively. 

6. Intangible Assets  

The following table presents details of intangible assets: 

December 31, 2019 
Accumulated 
Amortization     

   Gross 

Net 

     Gross 

December 31, 2018 
Accumulated 
Amortization     

Developed technology .....................    $ 
Customer relationships ....................      
Trade name ......................................      
Patents .............................................      
Software ..........................................      
  $ 

186,800    $ 
70,540      
2,310      
1,579      
74,022      
335,251    $ 

123,365    $ 
31,409      
1,766      
1,010      
9,411      
166,961    $ 

63,435    $ 
39,131      
544      
569      
64,611      
168,290    $ 

186,800    $ 
70,540      
2,310      
1,579      
61,406      
322,635    $ 

86,378    $ 
21,681      
1,350      
881      
31,898      
142,188    $ 

Net 
100,422  
48,859  
960  
698  
29,508  
180,447  

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  reclassified  $60,500  of  acquired  in-process  research  and 

development to developed technology as the technology was commercialized. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company abandoned a project related to certain developed technology 
and  in-process  research  and  development  from  the  ClariPhy  Communications,  Inc.  (ClariPhy)  acquisition  resulting  in  an 
impairment charge of $47,014, of which $10,174 was included in the cost of revenue and $36,840 was included in the research 
and development expenses in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The abandonment of the project was primarily 
related to the change in product roadmap that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

The following table presents amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Cost of revenue ...........................................................................    $ 
Research and development ..........................................................      
Sales and marketing ....................................................................      
General and administrative ..........................................................      
  $ 

36,987    $ 
22,305      
9,728      
545      
69,565    $ 

32,845    $ 
19,311      
9,727      
609      
62,492    $ 

28,502   
18,352   
9,727   
643   
57,224   

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

72 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2019, the expected amortization 

expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows: 

2020 .........................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2021 .........................................................................................................................................................     
2022 .........................................................................................................................................................     
2023 .........................................................................................................................................................     
2024 .........................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter ................................................................................................................................................     
  $ 

56,558  
52,469  
42,656  
15,769  
672  
166  
168,290  

The weighted-average amortization periods remaining by intangible asset category were as follows (in years): 

Developed technology ..........................................................................................................................      
Customer relationship ..........................................................................................................................      
Trade name ...........................................................................................................................................      
Patents ..................................................................................................................................................      
Software ...............................................................................................................................................      

3.0  
4.0  
2.0  
7.6  
2.7  

7. Leases  

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), 
using the modified retrospective method through a cumulative adjustment to the beginning accumulated deficit balance. Prior 
comparative periods have not been restated under this method. The adoption of this guidance resulted in no cumulative effect 
adjustment as of January 1, 2019.  However, total assets and liabilities increased by $10,670 as a result of the adoption. Based 
on the new guidance, for leases less than twelve months, an entity is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class 
of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease 
expense for such leases generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company made this election, along with 
other available practical expedients. This guidance had a material impact on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 
2019, but did not have an impact on the consolidated statements of income (loss) and cash flows. The most significant impact 
was the recognition of right of use (“ROU”) asset and lease liabilities for operating leases related to facility leases. 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease 
ROU  assets,  other  current  liabilities  and  other  long-term  liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Finance  leases  are 
included in property and equipment, other current liabilities, and other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 
As of the adoption date and December 31, 2019, the Company does not have material finance leases. 

Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future 

minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. As most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate,  

the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining 
the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments and initial direct costs 
incurred, net of lease incentives. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably 
certain that the Company will exercise the option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line 
basis  over  the  lease  term.  The  Company  has  lease  agreements  with  lease  and  non-lease  components,  which  are  generally 
accounted for separately. 

The Company has operating leases for office facilities. The leases have remaining lease terms of one year to ten 

years and some may include options to extend the lease for up to five years. 

73 

 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Information related to operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows: 

Operating lease expense ....................................................................................................................................    $ 
Cash paid for leases ...........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations .........................................................................    $ 

5,094  
4,585  
27,639  

Weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount as of December 31, 2019 are as follows: 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years) ..........................................................................................      
Weighted average discount rate ...................................................................................................................      

8.52  

3.9% 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2019 are as follows: 

2020 ..................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2021 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2022 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2024 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter .........................................................................................................................................................      
Total future minimum lease payments .............................................................................................................      
Less: Imputed interest ......................................................................................................................................      
Lease incentive recognized as offset to asset liability ...............................................................................      
Present value of lease obligations .....................................................................................................................    $ 

4,455  
6,174  
6,351  
6,266  
6,073  
23,630  
52,949  
8,006  
1,324  
43,619  

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  has  additional  operating  leases  for  office  facilities  that  have  not  yet 
commenced of $1,098. These operating leases will commence in the second quarter of 2020 with lease terms between three 
to five years. 

As previously reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 
under  legacy  lease  accounting  (ASC  840),  future  minimum  lease  payments  under  non-cancelable  leases  and  service 
agreements as of December 31, 2018 are as follows: 

2019 ..................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2020 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2021 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2022 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ..................................................................................................................................................................      
2024 and thereafter ...........................................................................................................................................      
Total .................................................................................................................................................................    $ 

4,588  
2,252  
1,883  
1,722  
1,615  
1,698  
13,758  

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, operating lease expense was $5,742 and $6,865, respectively. 

8. Convertible Debt  

The carrying value of the Company's long-term debt consists of the following: 

Principal .............................................................................................................................    $ 
Less: 

Unamortized debt discount .............................................................................................      
Unamortized debt issuance costs ....................................................................................      
Net carrying amount of long-term debt ..............................................................................      
Less current portion of long-term debt ...............................................................................      
Long-term debt, non-current portion ..................................................................................    $ 

2019 

2018 

517,500    $ 

517,500  

(38,105)     
(3,217)     
476,178      
217,467      
258,711    $ 

(64,222) 
(5,453) 
447,825  
—  
447,825  

   December 31, 

     December 31, 

74 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In  December  2015,  the  Company  issued $230,000 of  1.125%  convertible  senior  notes  due  2020  (Convertible  Notes 
2015). The Convertible Notes 2015 will mature December 1, 2020, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the 
Convertible Notes 2015 is payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2016. The initial conversion 
rate  is 24.8988 shares  of  common  stock  per  $1  principal  amount  of  Convertible  Notes  2015,  which  represents  an  initial 
conversion price of approximately $40.16 per share.  The Convertible Notes 2015 will be subject to repurchase at the option 
of the holders following certain fundamental corporate changes, at a fundamental change in repurchase price equal to 100% 
of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental 
change repurchase date. The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any 
accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate events that occur prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to 
increase the conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 1, 2020, holders may convert all or any 
portion of their Convertible Notes 2015 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing 
after the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of 
the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive 
trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of 
the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading 
day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 principal amount of notes, as determined following 
a request by a holder of notes in accordance with procedures specified in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes 2015, 
for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common 
stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after 
June 1, 2020, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders 
may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or 
deliver,  as  the  case  may  be,  cash,  shares  of  common  stock  or  a  combination  of  cash  and  shares  of  common  stock,  at  the 
Company’s election. The Company's current intent is to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2015 in cash 
upon conversion. If the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common 
stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

The Convertible Notes 2015 are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

The Convertible Notes 2015 are governed by the terms of an indenture (Indenture 2015). The Indenture 2015 does not 
contain any financial or operating covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or 
the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture 2015 contains customary 
terms  and  covenants  in  events  of  default.  If  an  event  of  default  (other  than  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization  involving  the  Company)  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  trustee  under  the  Indenture  2015  by  notice  to  the 
Company,  or  the  holders  of  at  least  25%  in  principal  amount  of  the  outstanding  Convertible  Notes  2015  by  notice  to  the 
Company and the trustee, may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% of the principal of and accrued 
and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Convertible Notes 2015 to be due and payable. Upon the occurrence of certain events of 
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving the Company, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, 
if  any,  on  all  of  the  Convertible  Notes  2015  will  become  due  and  payable  automatically.  Upon  such  a  declaration  of 
acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, the Indenture 2015 provides that, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an event of default 
relating  to  certain  failures  by  the  Company  to  comply  with  certain  reporting  covenants  in  the  Indenture  2015  consists 
exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Convertible Notes 2015. As of December 31, 2019, none of the 
conditions allowing holders of the Convertible Notes 2015 to convert had been met. 

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes 2015, the Company separated the Convertible Notes 2015 into 
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated 
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  convertible  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity 
component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the 
face value of the Convertible Notes 2015 as a whole. The excess of the face amount of the liability component over its carrying 
amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 2015 using the effective interest method. The 
gross  proceeds  of $230,000 were  accordingly  allocated  between  long-term  debt  of $175,974 and  stockholders'  equity of 
$54,026. Issuance costs of $6,359, of which $6,007 were paid as of December 31, 2015 and the remainder paid in 2016, were 
allocated between long-term debt ($4,864) and equity ($1,495).  

75 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Interest expense for the Convertible Note 2015 are as follows: 

Contractual interest expense .............................................   $ 
Amortization of debt discount ..........................................     
Amortization of debt issuance costs .................................     
Total interest expense .......................................................   $ 

2,586    $ 
11,645      
1,050      
15,281    $ 

2,587    $ 
10,833      
976      
14,396    $ 

2,588  
10,079  
907  
13,574  

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Convertible  Notes  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  capped  call  transactions 
(Capped Call) in private transactions. Under the Capped Call, the Company purchased capped call options that in aggregate 
relate to 100% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying the Convertible Notes 2015, with a 
strike price approximately equal to the conversion price of the Convertible Notes 2015 and with a cap price equal to $52.06 per 
share. The capped calls were purchased for $17,802 and recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in-capital in accordance 
with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The purchased Capped Call allows the Company to receive shares of its common stock and/or cash from counterparties 
equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the common stock, as 
measured under the terms of the Capped Call over the strike price of the Capped Call during the relevant valuation period. 
The  purchased  Capped  Call  is  intended  to  reduce  the  potential  dilution  to  common  stock  upon  future  conversion  of  the 
Convertible  Notes  2015  by  effectively  increasing  the  initial  conversion  price  to $52.06 as  well  as  to  offset  potential  cash 
payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2015 in applicable 
events. 

The Capped Call is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, is not part of the 

terms of the Convertible Notes 2015 and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes 2015. 

In September 2016, the Company issued $287,500 of 0.75% convertible senior notes due 2021 (Convertible Notes 2016 
and together with the Convertible Notes 2015, the Convertible Notes). The Convertible Notes 2016 will mature September 1, 
2021, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the Convertible Notes 2016 is payable on March 1 and September 1 
of each year, beginning on March 1, 2017. The initial conversion rate is 17.7508 shares of common stock per $1 principal 
amount  of  Convertible  Notes  2016,  which  represents  an  initial  conversion  price  of  approximately  $56.34  per  share.  The 
Convertible Notes 2016 will be subject to repurchase at the option of the holders following certain fundamental corporate 
changes, at a fundamental change in repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, 
plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. The conversion rate will be subject 
to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate events that occur 
prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to increase the conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2021, holders may convert all or any 
portion of their Convertible Notes 2016 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing 
after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price 
of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive 
trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of 
the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading 
day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 principal amount of notes, as determined following 
a request by a holder of notes in accordance with procedures specified in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes 2016, 
for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common 
stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after 
March 1, 2021,  until  the  close  of business on  the  second scheduled  trading day  immediately  preceding  the  maturity  date, 
holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will 
pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the 
Company’s election. The Company's current intent is to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2016 in cash 
upon conversion. If the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common 
stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Convertible Notes 2016 are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

The Convertible Notes 2016 are governed by the terms of an indenture (Indenture 2016). The Indenture 2016 does not 
contain any financial or operating covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or 
the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture 2016 contains customary 
terms  and  covenants  in  events  of  default.  If  an  event  of  default  (other  than  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization  involving  the  Company)  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  trustee  under  the  Indenture  2016  by  notice  to  the 
Company,  or  the  holders  of  at  least  25%  in  principal  amount  of  the  outstanding  Convertible  Notes  2016  by  notice  to  the 
Company and the trustee under the Indenture 2016, may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% of 
the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Convertible Notes 2016 to be due and payable. Upon the 
occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving the Company, 100% of the principal of 
and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Convertible Notes 2016 will become due and payable automatically. 
Upon  such  a  declaration  of  acceleration,  such  principal  and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  will  be  due  and  payable 
immediately.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Indenture  2016 provides  that,  to  the  extent  the  Company  elects, the  sole 
remedy for an event of default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the 
Indenture 2016 consists exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Convertible Notes 2016. As of December 
31, 2019, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Convertible Notes 2016 to convert had been met. 

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes 2016, the Company separated the Convertible Notes 2016 into 
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated 
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  convertible  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity 
component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the 
face value of the Convertible Notes 2016 as a whole. The excess of the face amount of the liability component over its carrying 
amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 2016 using the effective interest method. The 
gross  proceeds  of  $287,500  were  accordingly  allocated  between  long-term  debt  of  $216,775  and  stockholders'  equity  of 
$70,725. Issuance costs of $7,689, were allocated between long-term debt ($5,798) and equity ($1,891). 

Interest expense for the Convertible Notes 2016 are as follows: 

Contractual interest expense .............................................   $ 
Amortization of debt discount ..........................................     
Amortization of debt issuance costs .................................     
Total interest expense .......................................................   $ 

2,152    $ 
14,472      
1,186      
17,810    $ 

2,156    $ 
13,481      
1,104      
16,741    $ 

2,154  
12,559  
1,029  
15,742  

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Convertible  Notes  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  capped  call  transactions 
(Capped Call 2016) in private transactions. Under the Capped Call 2016, the Company purchased capped call options that in 
aggregate relate to 100% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying the Convertible Notes 
2016, with a strike price approximately equal to the conversion price of the Convertible Notes 2016 and with a cap price equal 
to approximately $73.03 per share. The capped calls were purchased for $22,540 and recorded as a reduction to additional 
paid-in-capital in accordance with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The  purchased  Capped  Call  2016  allows  the  Company  to  receive  shares  of  its  common  stock  and/or  cash  from 
counterparties equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the 
common stock, as measured under the terms of the Capped Call 2016 over the strike price of the Capped Call 2016 during the 
relevant valuation period. The purchased Capped Call 2016 is intended to reduce the potential dilution to common stock upon 
future conversion of the Convertible Notes 2016 by effectively increasing the initial conversion price to approximately $73.03 
as  well  as  to  offset  potential  cash  payments  the  Company  is  required  to  make  in  excess  of  the  principal  amount  of  the 
Convertible Notes 2016 in applicable events. 

77 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Capped Call 2016 is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, is not 
part of the terms of the Convertible Notes 2016 and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes 2016. 

9. Other Liabilities  

Other current liabilities consist of the following: 

Software license intangible asset liability ...............................................................    $ 
Operating lease liability ...........................................................................................      
Others ......................................................................................................................      
  $ 

25,810    $ 
2,545      
5,176      
33,531    $ 

21,945  
—  
2,374  
24,319  

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following: 

Deferred rent ............................................................................................................  $ 
Income tax payable ...................................................................................................    
Software license intangible asset liability ................................................................    
Operating lease liability ............................................................................................    
Others .......................................................................................................................    
  $ 

26    $ 
692      
36,144      
41,074      
981      
78,917    $ 

1,100  
706  
7,961  
—  
1,144  
10,911  

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

10. Income Taxes  

Loss before income taxes consists of the following: 

United States .....................................................................................   $ 
Foreign ..............................................................................................     
Total ..................................................................................................   $ 

(60,313)   $
(12,202)     
(72,515)   $

(71,978 )   $
(31,984 )     
(103,962 )   $

(77,649) 
(18,431) 
(96,080) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following: 

Current: 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................    $ 
U.S. State ............................................................................................      
Foreign ...............................................................................................      

Deferred: 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................      
U.S. State ............................................................................................      
Foreign ...............................................................................................      

Total ...................................................................................................    $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

—    $
(11)     
70      
59      

—      
—      
337      
337      
396    $

—     $
42       
375       
417       

(6,734 )     
—       
(1,894 )     
(8,628 )     
(8,211 )   $

96  
51  
1,105  
1,252  

(11,312) 
(613) 
(10,503) 
(22,428) 
(21,176) 

78 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
    
      
        
        
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate 

of 21% in 2019, 21% in 2018 and 34% in 2017 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Benefit at statutory rate ......................................................................    $ 
State income taxes ..............................................................................      
Research and development credits .....................................................      
Change in valuation allowance ...........................................................      
Impact of foreign operations ..............................................................      
Unrecognized tax benefits ..................................................................      
Stock-based compensation .................................................................      
Prior year return to provision adjustment ...........................................      
Section 162(m) ...................................................................................      
Effect of U. S. tax law change ............................................................      
Impairment of intangibles ..................................................................      
Other ...................................................................................................      
  $ 

(15,228)   $
(587)     
(16,933)     
31,917      
(1,045)     
6,725      
(4,731)     
(1,167)     
1,046      
—      
—      
399      
396    $

(21,832 )   $
594       
(13,283 )     
13,757       
5,925       
5,340       
(381 )     
1,422       
—       
—       
—       
247       
(8,211 )   $

(32,562) 
(585) 
(12,983) 
40,028  
(1,951) 
3,596  
(10,248) 
1,105  
—  
(4,602) 
(2,328) 
(646) 
(21,176) 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consist of the following: 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Deferred tax assets 
Net operating loss carry forwards ....................................................................................    $ 
Research and development credits ..................................................................................      
Stock-based compensation ..............................................................................................      
Accrued expenses and allowances ...................................................................................      
Amortization and depreciation ........................................................................................      
Operating lease liability ...................................................................................................      
Other temporary differences ............................................................................................      
Foreign tax credit ............................................................................................................      
Valuation allowance ........................................................................................................      
Total deferred tax assets ..................................................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities 
Acquired intangible assets ...............................................................................................      
Convertible debt ..............................................................................................................      
Amortization and depreciation ........................................................................................      
Right of use asset .............................................................................................................      
Other deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................................      
Total deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................................      
Deferred tax assets, net .................................................................................................    $ 

48,481    $
84,268      
8,884      
1,897      
—      
7,345      
6,884      
2,338      
(123,989)     
36,108      

(16,092)     
(6,444)     
(2,123)     
(6,806)     
(1,482)     
(32,947)     
3,161    $

39,888   
69,320   
9,055   
2,334   
1,408   
—   
6,411   
2,338   
(92,315 ) 
38,439   

(22,593 ) 
(11,596 ) 
—   
—   
(603 ) 
(34,792 ) 
3,647   

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Reform Act was signed into law. The Tax Reform Act contains significant changes to 
U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 
2018, a one-time transition tax on deemed mandatory repatriation of accumulated earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries 
in conjunction with the elimination of U.S. tax on dividend distributions from foreign subsidiaries, and a temporary 100% 
first-year depreciation deduction for certain capital investments. In 2017, the Company recorded provisional amounts based 
on reasonable estimates for certain enactment-date effects of the Tax Reform Act in accordance with the guidance in SAB 
118. In 2017, the Company recorded a net tax benefit related to the enactment-date effects of the Tax Reform Act that included 
the  remeasurement  of  the  federal  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  the  tax  effect  of  the  one-time  mandatory  repatriation 
income, and related valuation allowance adjustments. 

79 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
 
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

During 2018, the Company finalized the calculation of the deemed mandatory repatriation income upon filing its 2017 
U.S. income tax return. The change in the mandatory repatriation income was fully absorbed by the U.S. net operating loss, 
which is subject to valuation allowance, and resulted in no current tax liability. These measurement period adjustments had 
no net tax effect after the offsetting change to the valuation allowance. 

The Tax Reform Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on GILTI earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. In January 2018, 
the FASB released guidance on the accounting for tax on the GILTI inclusion. Entities can make an accounting policy election 
to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or account for 
GILTI as a period cost in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to account for GILTI as a period cost in the 
year the tax is incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company computed no GILTI inclusion as a result of 
current year aggregate loss of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. 

Valuation Allowance  

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes is more 
likely than not to be realized. The determination of recording or releasing tax valuation allowances is made, in part, pursuant 
to an assessment performed by management regarding the likelihood that the Company will generate sufficient future taxable 
income against which benefits of the deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires management to 
exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to the Company’s ability to generate revenue, gross profits, 
operating income and taxable income in future periods. Amongst other factors, management must make assumptions regarding 
overall current and projected business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, the Company’s ability 
to  timely  develop,  introduce  and  consistently  manufacture  new  products  to  customers’  specifications,  acceptance  of  new 
products, customer concentrations, technological change and the competitive environment which may impact the Company’s 
ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of the deferred tax assets.  

At December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company has a full valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax 
assets of Canada, United Kingdom, and the U.S., with the exception of the federal refundable AMT credit. The Company has 
a partial valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of Taiwan. 

The  valuation  allowance  increased  $31,674, $13,777  and  $39,907 in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and 

2017, respectively. 

 The net increase of $31,674 in the valuation allowance for the year ended  December 31, 2019 is comprised of $31,917 
increase  charged  to  income  tax provision  and $243 decrease  charged  to  other  comprehensive  income. The net  increase  of 
$13,777 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2018  is comprised of $20 increase charged to other 
comprehensive income and $13,757 charged to income tax provision. The net increase of $39,907 in the valuation allowance 
for the year ended December 31, 2017 is comprised of $134 increase charged to other comprehensive income, $158 decrease 
charged to goodwill, and $39,931 increase charged to income tax provision. The valuation allowance charged to income tax 
provision included an income tax benefit from the partial release of the federal and state valuation allowance.  

General Income Tax Disclosures  

The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately 
$261,621 and $96,559, respectively at December 31, 2019, that will begin to expire in 2022 for federal income tax purposes 
and in 2026 for state income tax purposes. The Company’s federal NOL carryforward of $59,407 that was generated in 2018 
and 2019 does not expire. At December 31, 2019, the Company has NOL carryforwards of $2,597 for its Taiwan subsidiary 
which begin to expire in 2020, and NOL carryforwards of $8,409 for the United Kingdom subsidiary, which do not expire. A 
full valuation allowance has been provided on U.S. NOL and United Kingdom NOL, and a partial valuation allowance has 
been provided on Taiwan NOL. 

At December 31, 2019, the Company has federal and state research and development (“R&D”) tax credit carryforwards 
of $57,078 and $58,288, respectively. The federal tax credits will begin to expire in 2024. Some state tax credits will begin to 
expire in 2021 and some do not expire. At December 31, 2019, the Company has Canadian tax credits and research expenditure 
tax credit carryforwards for its Canadian subsidiary of $6,999 and $3,750, respectively. The tax credits will begin to expire in 
2027, and the research expenditure claim carryforwards do not expire. A full valuation allowance has been provided on R&D 
tax credit and research expenditure claim carryforwards. 

80 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s NOL 
and R&D credits generated prior to June 2004 are subject to an annual limitation due to a cumulative ownership percentage 
change that occurred in that period. The Company has had two changes in ownership, one in December 2000 and the second 
in June 2004, that resulted in an annual limitation on NOL and R&D credit utilization. The NOL and R&D credit carryover 
of Cortina, are also subject to annual limitation under the Code sections 382 and 383. The acquisition of Cortina caused an 
ownership change that resulted in an annual limitation, as well as Cortina’s legacy annual limitation amount from ownership 
changes prior to acquisition. The NOL and R&D credit carryforward which will expire unused due to annual limitations is not 
recognized for financial statement purposes and is not reflected in the above carryover amounts. 

The Company’s NOL carryforwards include Cortina’s federal and state pre-acquisition NOL of $49,152 and $3,919, 
respectively. These NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 for federal and 2026 for state. The Company’s NOL 
carryforwards  also  include  ClariPhy’s  federal  and  state  pre-acquisition  NOL  of  $46,601  and  $68,104,  respectively.  These 
NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2032 for federal and 2028 for state. The Company’s R&D credit carryforwards 
included  Cortina’s  federal  and  state  pre-acquisition  credits  of  $6,033  and  $7,912,  respectively.  The  federal  R&D  credit 
carryforward will begin to expire in 2027. While some state tax credits will begin to expire in 2021, most do not expire. The 
utilization  of  Cortina  and  ClariPhy’s  pre-acquisition  tax  attributes  is  subject  to  certain  annual  limitations  under  the  Code 
sections 382 and 383. No benefit for Cortina’s tax attributes was recorded upon the close of the acquisition, as the benefit from 
these tax attributes did not meet the "more-likely-than-not" standard. 

The Company operates under tax holiday in Singapore. The Singapore tax holiday allows for a reduced income tax rate 
of  5%  effective  through  April  2020,  and  the  Company  is  currently  pursuing  a  renewal  of  the  reduced  tax  rate  to  apply 
subsequent to the current holiday period. The Singapore statutory rate is 17%. The tax holiday is conditional upon meeting 
certain employment, activities and investment thresholds. As of December 31, 2019, the Company believes it has met all of 
the required thresholds. The Company qualified for a tax incentive program in Argentina that reduced the income tax rate to 
12%, starting January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2019, with a return to the full statutory rate of 30% in 2020. As a result 
of  these  reduced  tax  rates,  foreign  tax  expense  increased  (decreased)  by  ($1,729),  ($2,093)  and  $7,412  for  the  years 
ended  December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The effect of the tax holidays on diluted earnings per share was 
($0.04), ($0.05) and $0.18 for the years ended  December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The following table summarizes the changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Balance as of January 1 ......................................................................    $ 
Increases based on tax positions related to the current year ...............      
Increases (decreases) based on tax positions of prior year .................      
Statute of limitation expirations .........................................................      
Balance as of December 31 ................................................................    $ 

53,943    $
7,926      
(518)     
(51)     
61,300    $

47,606     $
5,747       
708       
(118 )     
53,943     $

56,503  
4,656  
(13,452) 
(101) 
47,606  

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $5,478 of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would 
affect the effective income tax rate. The Company believes that before the end of next year, it is reasonably possible that the 
gross  unrecognized  tax  benefit  may  decrease  by  approximately  $58  due  to  statute  of  limitation  expiration  in  foreign 
jurisdictions. 

The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  a  component  of  income  tax 
expense. The Company recorded $16, $17 and $16 in interest expense in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. The Company had $56, $65, and $113 of interest expense and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. 
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 
2011 or to California state income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2010. However, to the 
extent allowed by law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits 
were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating loss or credit carryforward. 

81 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
   
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its controlled foreign corporations as 
the  Company  intends  to  reinvest  these  earnings  indefinitely  outside  the  United  States.   At  December  31,  2019,  foreign 
subsidiaries had cumulative undistributed earnings of $31,008 that, if repatriated, is expected to result in immaterial U.S. taxes. 

The Company is currently under examination by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (“IRAS”) for the years 
2010, 2011 and 2012. The IRAS made an adjustment to the timing of deducting certain intercompany payments, the effect of 
which has been reflected in the provision and did not result in a material impact to the consolidated financial statements. As 
of the report date, the examination is ongoing. 

The  Company  is  currently  under  examination  by  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  for  year  2016.   The  Company 
believes it has adequate reserve for its uncertain tax positions, however, there is no assurance that the taxing authorities will 
not  propose  adjustments  that  are  different  from  the  Company’s  expected  outcome  and  such  adjustments  may  impact  the 
provision for income taxes.  The Internal Revenue Service examination is on-going as of the report date.  

11. Earnings Per Share 

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as inclusion would have 

been anti-dilutive: 

Common stock options ...........................................................      
Unvested restricted stock unit ................................................      
Convertible debt .....................................................................      

12. Stock-Based Compensation 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

1,032,485      
2,772,991      
10,830,038      
14,635,514      

1,208,643       
2,871,135       
10,830,038       
14,909,816       

2017 

1,456,610  
2,935,500  
10,830,038  
15,222,148  

In June 2010, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 
Plan”), which became effective in November 2010. The 2010 Plan provides for the grants of restricted stock, stock appreciation 
rights and stock unit awards to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The Compensation Committee 
administers the 2010 Plan, including the determination of the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject to each 
award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonstatutory option, and the terms and conditions 
of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award. Options granted under the 
2010 Plan are exercisable only upon vesting. At December 31, 2019, 4,909,665 shares of common stock have been reserved 
for future grants under the 2010 Plan. 

Stock Option Awards 

The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding: 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share 

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
2.62 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

    $ 

22,267  

12.94      
10.30      
13.68      
13.68      

1.81 
1.81 

    $ 
    $ 

54,616  
54,616  

Outstanding at December 31, 2018 ...........................................       1,159,121    $ 
(253,980)   $ 
Exercised ......................................................................................      
905,141    $ 
Outstanding at December 31, 2019 ...........................................      
905,141    $ 
Vested and Exercisable as of December 31, 2019 ....................      

82 

 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
   
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The  intrinsic  value  of  options  outstanding,  exercisable  and  vested  and  expected  to  vest  is  calculated  based  on  the 
difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective balance sheet 
dates. 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $12,008, 
$4,553 and $11,312, respectively. The intrinsic value of exercised options is calculated based on the difference between the 
exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date. Cash received from the exercise of 
stock options was $2,616, $719 and $2,214, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Restricted Stock Units and Awards 

The  Company  granted  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  to  members  of  the  Board  and  its  employees.  Most  of  the 
Company’s outstanding RSUs vest over four years with vesting contingent upon continuous service. The Company estimates 
the fair value of RSUs using the market price of the common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of these awards is 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding restricted stock units: 

     Weighted 
Average 

     Grant Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share 

   Number of 

Shares 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018 ......................................................................      
Granted ....................................................................................................................      
Vested ......................................................................................................................      
Canceled ..................................................................................................................      
Outstanding at December 31, 2019 ......................................................................      
Expected to vest in the future as of December 31, 2019 .....................................      

4,051,685    $ 
1,965,231    $ 
(1,811,511)   $ 
(383,080)   $ 
3,822,325    $ 
3,742,887      

34.68  
47.85  
34.19  
37.71  
41.38  

The RSUs include performance-based stock units subject to achievement of pre-established revenue and earnings per 
share goals on non-GAAP basis. Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting 
from the original grant date, contingent upon continuous service. The total performance-based units that vested for the year 
ended December 31, 2019 was 55,759. As of December 31, 2019, the total performance-based units outstanding was 72,053. 

Market Value Stock Units  

In  January  2018,  the  compensation  committee  of  the  Board  approved  long-term  market  value  stock  unit  (MVSU) 
awards to certain executive officers and employees, subject to certain market and service conditions in the maximum total 
amount of 702,000 units. Recipients may earn between 0% to 225% of the target number of shares based on the Company’s 
achievement of total shareholder return (TSR) in comparison to the TSR of companies in the S&P 500 Index over a period of 
approximately three years in length ending in the first calendar quarter of 2021 after reporting of fiscal year 2020 results. If 
the Company’s absolute TSR is negative for the performance period, then the maximum number of shares that may be earned 
is the target number of shares. The fair value of the MVSU awards was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model and 
compensation is being recognized ratably over the service period. The expected volatility of the Company’s common stock 
was estimated based on the historical average volatility rate over the three-year period. The dividend yield assumption was 
based on historical and anticipated dividend payouts. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on observed interest 
rates consistent with three-year measurement period. The total amount of compensation to recognize over the service period, 
and the assumptions used to value the grants are as follows: 

Total target shares 
Fair value per share 
Total amount to be recognized over the service period 
Risk free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Dividend yield 

83 

  $ 
  $ 

312,000   
55.81   
17,413   

2.29 % 
47.52 % 
—   

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In  December  2011,  the  Company  adopted  the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”).  Participants  purchase  the 
Company's stock using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total cash compensation. Pursuant to the terms 
of the ESPP, the "look-back" period for the stock purchase price is six months. Offering and purchase periods will begin on 
February 10 and August 10 of each year. Participants will be granted the right to purchase common stock at a price per share 
that is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company's common shares at the beginning or the end of each six-
month period. 

The ESPP imposes certain limitations upon an employee’s right to acquire common stock, including the following: (i) 
no employee shall be granted a right to participate if such employee immediately after the election to purchase common stock, 
would own stock possessing 5% or more to the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company, 
and (ii) no employee may be granted rights to purchase more than $25 fair value of common stock for each calendar year. The 
maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP is 2,750,000. Total common 
stock issued under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was 208,721, 283,493, and 171,099, 
respectively. 

The fair value of award under the employee stock purchase plan is estimated at the start of offering period using the 
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017: 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Risk-free interest rate ................................................     
Expected life (in years) .............................................     
Dividend yield ...........................................................     
Expected volatility ....................................................     
Estimated fair value...................................................   $ 

2.26%     
0.49  
—  
43%     
  $ 

13.35  

2.01 %     
0.50   
—   
46 %     
  $ 

8.35   

0.94% 
0.50  
—  
42% 

11.03  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the Company’s results of operations as follows: 

Cost of revenue .........................................................    $ 
Research and development ........................................      
Sales and marketing ..................................................      
General and administrative .......................................      
  $ 

6,208     $ 
42,265       
15,561       
12,821       
76,855     $ 

2,527     $ 
37,397       
13,470       
10,490       
63,884     $ 

2,045  
28,846  
8,340  
5,602  
44,833  

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options and awards prior to 
the consideration of expected forfeitures, was approximately $125,015, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-
average period of 2.50 years. 

13. Employee Benefit Plan  

The Company has established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan (the “Plan”) which permits participants to make 
contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.  The Company may, at its discretion, make matching 
contributions to the Plan. Furthermore, the Company is responsible for administrative costs of the Plan.  The Company accrued 
$1,976, $1,800 and $1,137 in contributions to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

84 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

14. Fair Value Measurements  

The guidance on fair value measurements requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the 

following three categories: 

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted 

assets or liabilities; 

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for 

substantially the full term of the asset or liability; or 

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and 

unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). 

The Company measures its investments in marketable securities at fair value using the market approach which uses 
prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. 
The  Company  has  cash  equivalents  which  consist  of  money  market  funds  valued  using  the  amortized  cost  method,  in 
accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act which approximates fair value. 

The convertible notes are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at their original issuance value including accreted 
interest, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs. The Convertible Notes are not marked to fair value at the end of 
each reporting period. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair value of Convertible Notes was determined on the basis of 
market prices observable for similar instruments and is considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the 
Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $845,296 and $512,428, respectively. 

The following table presents information about assets required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis: 

December 31, 2019 
Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Money market funds ..............................................    $ 
Commercial paper .................................................      
Municipal bonds ....................................................      

Investments in marketable securities: 

U.S. Treasury securities .........................................      
Municipal bonds ....................................................      
Corporate notes/bonds ...........................................      
Asset-backed securities ..........................................      
Commercial paper .................................................      
Certificate of deposit .............................................      
  $ 

December 31, 2018 
Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Money market funds ..............................................    $ 
Commercial paper .................................................      

Investments in marketable securities: 

Municipal bonds ....................................................      
Corporate notes/bonds ...........................................      
Variable rate demand notes ...................................      
Asset-backed securities ..........................................      
Commercial paper .................................................      
Certificate of deposit .............................................      
  $ 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

190,598     $ 
9,465       
1,250       

3,759       
6,119       
119,449       
4,268       
6,464       
72       
341,444     $ 

67,494     $ 
—       
—       

3,759       
—       
—       
—       
—       
72       
71,325     $ 

123,104  
9,465  
1,250  

—  
6,119  
119,449  
4,268  
6,464  
—  
270,119  

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

740     $ 
96,759       

6,733       
146,126       
8,900       
32,923       
39,701       
956       
332,838     $ 

85 

38    $ 
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
956      
994    $ 

702   
96,759   

6,733   
146,126   
8,900   
32,923   
39,701   
—   
331,844   

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
 Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

As  discussed  in  Note  2,  the  Company  has  a  marketable  equity  investment.  The  marketable  equity  investment  is 
classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. As discussed in Note 2, the Company has non-marketable equity investments 
which are classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. 

15. Segment and Geographic Information  

The Company operates in one reportable segment. Revenue by region is classified based on the locations to which the 

product is transported, which may differ from the customer’s principal offices. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by geographic region: 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands) 

2017 

China ......................................................................................    $ 
United States ..........................................................................      
Thailand ..................................................................................      
Other .......................................................................................      
  $ 

164,715    $ 
103,402      
54,468      
43,050      
365,635    $ 

113,684    $ 
87,545      
40,884      
52,377      
294,490    $ 

114,168   
92,620   
45,205   
96,208   
348,201   

As  of  December  31,  2019,  $33,826 of  long-lived  tangible  assets  are  located  outside  the  United  States  of  which 
$27,750 are located in Taiwan. As of December 31, 2018, $32,631 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United 
States of which $28,428 are located in Taiwan. 

16. Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

The Company has noncancelable service agreements, including software licenses, colocation and cloud services used in 

research and development activities expiring in various years through 2024. 

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases having initial terms in excess of one year are as 

follows: 

2020 ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2021 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2022 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2024 ......................................................................................................................................................      
  $ 

   December 31, 2019   
1,508  
1,110  
515  
264  
195  
3,592  

Noncancelable Purchase Obligations  

 The  Company  depends  upon  third  party  subcontractors  to  manufacture  wafers.  The  Company’s  subcontractor 
relationships typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred 
through  the  date  of  cancellation.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  total  value  of  open  purchase  orders  for  wafers  was 
approximately $14,977. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a commitment to pay mask costs of $542. 

86 

 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Legal Proceedings  

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On  September  22,  2009,  Netlist  filed  suit  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Central  District  of  California  (the 
“Court”), asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 
22, 2009, further asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent 
No.  7,532,537,  the patents-in-suit,  and  seeking  both  unspecified  monetary  damages  to  be  determined  and  an  injunction  to 
prevent further infringement. These infringement claims allege that the iMB™ and certain other memory module components 
infringe  the  patents  in-suit.  The  Company  answered  the  amended  complaint  on  February  11,  2010  and  asserted  that  the 
Company does not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. In 2010, the Company filed inter partes 
requests for reexamination with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), asserting that the patents-in-
suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at the USPTO, the Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the 
Court on status every 120 days. 

As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that Netlist alleged to infringe. 
At present,  the  USPTO  has  determined  that  almost  all  of  the  originally  filed  claims  are  not  valid,  and  determined  certain 
amended claims to be patentable. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 was issued on August 2, 2016 
based on amended claims. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,636,274 was issued on November 5, 2018, 
indicating that all claims, 1 through 97, were cancelled. The parties continue to assert their respective positions with respect to 
the reexamination proceeding for U.S. Patent No. 7,619,912. 

While  the  Company  intends  to  defend  the  foregoing  USPTO  proceedings  and  lawsuit  vigorously,  the  USPTO 
proceedings and litigation, whether or not determined in the Company’s favor or settled, could be costly and time-consuming 
and could divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect the Company’s business. 

Due to the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, the Company is currently unable to predict the final outcome of 
this lawsuit and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because of 
the nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, the Company’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

Claims Against eSilicon Corporation 

In connection with the Company's acquisition of eSilicon Corporation (“eSilicon”) as discussed in Note 17, eSilicon 
and the Company have received written communications from certain former stockholders of eSilicon demanding to inspect 
eSilicon’s books and records and indicating that such stockholders will be seeking appraisal of shares they held in eSilicon. 
Certain of these former eSilicon stockholders also have stated that they may assert claims against eSilicon’s directors and 
senior officers for alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and other violations in connection with the merger between eSilicon and 
a subsidiary of the Company.  The Company is unaware of any petition for appraisal and/or lawsuit being filed by any former 
eSilicon stockholder.  The Company believes that the claims in such written communications are without merit, and plan to 
vigorously defend against lawsuits arising out of or relating to the merger agreement and/or the merger that may be filed in 
the future. 

Indemnifications  

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  may  provide  indemnifications  of  varying  scope  and  terms  to 
customers,  vendors,  lessors,  investors,  directors,  officers,  employees  and  other  parties  with  respect  to  certain  matters, 
including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the 
Company,  or  from  intellectual  property  infringement  claims  made  by  third-parties.  These  indemnifications  may  survive 
termination  of  the  underlying  agreement  and  the  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  the  Company  could  be 
required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The Company has not 
incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications. Accordingly, the Company has no 
liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

87 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

17. Subsequent Events 

In  January  2020,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of eSilicon for  approximately  $215,000  in  cash,  subject  to 
certain adjustments including cash, debt and transaction expenses. A portion of the consideration has been placed in an escrow 
fund for up to 12 months (or up to 36 months in certain circumstances) following the closing for the satisfaction of certain 
indemnification obligations.   

In February 2020, the compensation committee of the Board of Directors approved long-term grants to employees of 

1,247,109 equity awards consisting of RSUs and MVSUs.  

18.  Supplementary Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Quarterly Results of Operations 

Revenue .......................................................................    $ 
Gross profit ..................................................................      
Net loss ........................................................................      
Basic earnings per share ..............................................      
Diluted earnings per share ...........................................      

Revenue .......................................................................    $ 
Gross profit ..................................................................      
Net loss ........................................................................      
Basic earnings per share ..............................................      
Diluted earnings per share ...........................................      

Year Ended December 31, 2019 

Mar. 31, 
2019 

Jun. 30, 
2019 

Sept. 30, 
2019 

Dec. 31, 
2019 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

82,223    $ 
47,631      
(22,745)     
(0.51)     
(0.51)     

86,285     $ 
49,109       
(20,578 )     
(0.46 )     
(0.46 )     

94,231     $ 
54,482       
(16,180 )     
(0.36 )     
(0.36 )     

102,896   
61,599   
(13,408 ) 
(0.29 ) 
(0.29 ) 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Mar. 31, 
2018(1) 

Jun. 30, 
2018 

Sept. 30, 
2018 

Dec. 31, 
2018(2) 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

60,136    $ 
32,546      
(22,991)     
(0.53)     
(0.53)     

69,814     $ 
39,611       
(28,464 )     
(0.65 )     
(0.65 )     

78,009     $ 
43,462       
(22,665 )     
(0.52 )     
(0.52 )     

86,531   
49,526   
(21,631 ) 
(0.49 ) 
(0.49 ) 

As  further  described  in  note  1,  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  the  Company’s  2019  year-end  audited  consolidated 
financial  statements,  the  Company  identified  a classification  error  in  its  previously  filed  unaudited  interim  condensed 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the three, six and nine months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, June 30, 
2019 and June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Specifically, it was determined that 
payments made under the Company’s multi-year agreements for the purchase of internal use intangible assets should have 
been classified as use of cash for financing activities and not as use of cash for investing activities as originally presented. 

Management has concluded that such classification error did not result in the previously issued unaudited interim condensed 
consolidated financial statements being materially misstated. The Company will, however, revise the 2019 unaudited quarterly 
condensed consolidated statements of cash flows in connection with the future filings of its 2020 Form 10-Qs to correct for 
such classification error.   

(1)  The benefit for income taxes included partial release of federal valuation allowance resulting from the transfer of 
an  acquired  in-process  research  and  development  to  developed  technology  in  2018  which  allowed  the  related 
deferred tax liability to be considered a source of income for realizing deferred tax assets, as well as the revaluation 
of  the  foreign  deferred  tax  liability  on  the  in-process  research  and  development  based  on  the  foreign  tax  rates 
applicable to the anticipated reversal periods. 

(2)  The Company recorded a charge of $7,000 due to impairment of a non-marketable equity investment. 

88 

 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such 
term is defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance 
that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms  and  that  such  information  is 
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and 
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, 
no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the 
disclosure controls and procedures are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable, 
not  absolute  assurance.  Additionally,  in  designing  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  management  necessarily  was 
required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The 
design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future 
events,  and  there  can be no assurance  that  any  design will  succeed  in  achieving  its  stated  goals  under  all  potential  future 
conditions. 

Based  on  their  evaluation  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures 
were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our management is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019.  In  making  this  assessment,  our 
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal 
Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that as of 
December 31, 2019, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. The effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered 
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part II “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data.” 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There has been no change in our “internal control over 
financial reporting” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, during our most recent 
fiscal quarter that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of 
Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” contained in our proxy 
statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the solicitation of proxies for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
to  be  held  on  May  21,  2020 pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  and  no  later  than  120  days  after  December  31,  2019  (the  Proxy 
Statement). 

89 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election 
of  Directors,”  “Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Corporate  Governance,” 
“Compensation Committee Report” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and 
management  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  information  under  the  captions  “Equity  Compensation  Plan 
Information,” “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  and  “Executive  Compensation” 
contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  this  item is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  information  under  the  captions 

“Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Audit 
Committee Report” and “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants” contained in the 
Proxy Statement. 

PART IV 

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

 1.  Financial Statements. See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, “Item 8, Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report: 

   (1) Financial Statements 

   Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of Inphi Corporation under Part 

II, “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

   (2) Financial Statement Schedules 

   All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or 
because the information is included elsewhere in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes 
thereto. 

   (3) Exhibits 

   See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to 

be filed has been identified. 

(b)  Exhibits 

   The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this 

report. 

90 

  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 
Number   

2.1* 

2.2* 

  3(i) 

  3(ii) 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

  4.4 

 4.5 

10.1+ 

10.2+ 

10.3+ 

10.4+ 

10.5+ 

10.6+ 

10.7+ 

Description 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 10, 2019 by and among the Registrant, Einstein Acquisition 
Sub, Inc., eSilicon Corporation, and Fortis Advisors LLC, solely in its capacity as Securityholders' Agent 
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC 
on November 12, 2019). 

Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 10, 2020 by and among the Registrant, 
Einstein Acquisition Sub, Inc., eSilicon Corporation, and Fortis Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company, solely in its capacity as Securityholders' Agent (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.2 of the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 13, 2020). 

Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  3(i)  of  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 20, 2015). 

Specimen  Common  Stock  Certificate  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  4.1  filed  with  Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated August 12, 2010 (incorporated by reference to 
exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 

Indenture dated December 8, 2015 between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
trustee (including form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

Indenture dated September 12, 2016 between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
trustee (including form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 

Inphi Corporation 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (as amended on June 2, 2010) and related form 
stock option plan agreements (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 filed with Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

Inphi  Corporation  2010  Stock  Incentive  Plan  and  related  form  agreements  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.3 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

Offer letter dated December 10, 2007 between John Edmunds and the Registrant, as amended (incorporated 
by  reference  to  exhibit  10.6  to  filed  with  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-167564),  as 
amended). 

Offer  letter  dated  October  3,  2007  between  Ron  Torten  and  the  Registrant,  as  amended  (incorporated  by 
reference to exhibit 10.8 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

Offer letter dated February 1, 2012 between Ford Tamer and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to 
exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2012). 

Amended and Restated Severance and Change of Control Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2019, by and 
between  Ford  Tamer  and  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2019). 

91 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.8+ 

10.9+ 

10.10+ 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14+ 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

Amended  and Restated  Change  of  Control  Severance  Agreement,  effective  as  of  August  1,  2019,  by  and 
between  John  Edmunds  and  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2019). 

Amended and Restated Severance and Change of Control Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2019, by and 
between  Charlie  Roach  and  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2019). 

Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to exhibit 
10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2019). 

Lease Agreement dated June 4, 2010 by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty Fund III—Company 
VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 
333-167564), as amended). 

Lease  Agreement  dated  September  20,  2012  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Bayland  Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2012). 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2012 by and between the Registrant and LBA 
Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2012). 

Inphi  Corporation  Amended  and  Restated  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated 
effective April  3,  2015  and  as  further  amended  and  restated  effective  April  17,  2018  (incorporated  by 
reference from Annex A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 25, 2018). 

Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015 by and between Registrant and Morgan Stanley & 
Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015 by and between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

Additional  Capped  Call  Confirmation  dated  December  4,  2015  by  and  between  Registrant  and  Morgan 
Stanley & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

Additional  Capped  Call  Confirmation  dated  December  4,  2015  between  Registrant  and  JPMorgan  Chase 
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

Base Capped Call Confirmation dated September 6, 2016 between the Registrant and Morgan Stanley & Co. 
LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on September 12, 2016). 

Base Capped Call Confirmation dated September 6, 2016 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 

Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated September 7, 2016 between the Registrant and Morgan Stanley 
& Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 

Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated September 7, 2016 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 

92 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.23+ 

10.24+ 

10.25+ 

10.26+ 

10.27+ 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

Form of Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. and Non-U.S. Employees and Consultants) under the Inphi Corporation 
2010 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018). 

Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  (U.S.  and  Non-U.S.  Employees  and  Consultants)  under  the  Inphi 
Corporation  2010  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.2  of  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 

Form of Notice of Stock Unit Award and Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of 
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2017). 

Amended and Restated Inphi Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan dated July 19, 2017 (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 
30, 2017). 

Inphi  Corporation  Annual  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s 
current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018). 

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated July 31, 2013 by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty 
Fund III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 of the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018). 

Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 10, 2016 by and between the Registrant and LBA 
Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 of the Registrant’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018). 

Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated March 7, 2017 by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty 
Fund III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.35 of the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018). 

First  Amendment  to  Lease  Agreement  dated  May  28,  2014  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Bayland 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018). 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 13, 2017 by and between the Registrant and Bayland 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.37 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018). 

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 23, 2019 by and between the Registrant and Wilson 
Bunker Hill. LLC. 

Lease Agreement dated October 24, 2019 by and between the Registrant and RTP55 OWNER, LLC. 

First  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  dated  December  30,  2019  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  RTP55 
OWNER, LLC. 

93 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
21.1 

List of Subsidiaries. 

23.1 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1(1) 

32.2(1) 

101.INS    

101.SCH   
101.CAL   
101.DEF   
101.LAB   
101.PRE    
104 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 
Power of Attorney (see the signature page of this report). 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
XBRL Instance Document- the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its 
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). 

+ 
* 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. 
The  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  furnish  supplementally  a  copy  of  any  omitted  schedule  or  exhibit  to  such 
agreement to the SEC upon request. 

(1)         The material contained in Exhibit 32.1 and Exhibit 32.2 is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be 
incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such 
filing, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. 

(c) Financial Statements and Schedules 

Reference is made to Item 15(a)(2) above. 

ITEM 16.              FORM 10-K SUMMARY. 

Not applicable. 

94 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES  

INPHI CORPORATION, 
(Registrant) 

By: /s/ Ford Tamer 

Ford Tamer         
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By: /s/ John Edmunds 

John Edmunds         
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

March 2, 2020 

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints 
Ford Tamer and John Edmunds, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, 
for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits 
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming 
all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name 

/s/ Ford Tamer 
Ford Tamer 

/s/ John Edmunds 
John Edmunds 

/s/ Diosdado P. Banatao 
Diosdado P. Banatao 

/s/ Nicholas Brathwaite 
Nicholas Brathwaite 

/s/ Chenming C. Hu 
Chenming C. Hu 

/s/ David Liddle 
David Liddle 

/s/ Bruce McWilliams 
Bruce McWilliams 

/s/ Elissa Murphy 
Elissa Murphy 

/s/ William J. Ruehle 
William J. Ruehle 

/s/ Sam S. Srinivasan 
Sam S. Srinivasan 

Title 

    Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 
   (Principal Executive Officer) 

    Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer 
   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

    Chairman of the Board 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Lead Director 

95 

Date 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

Inphi Leads in Physical Layer Data Movement for Cloud & Telecom 

Inphi Delivers Leading Edge Products

2014
45G Linear Modulator Driver  
+
45G Coherent TIA 
+
PAM

2016
COLORZ® for 80km DWDM
+
SiPho Platform for 100G Data Center
+
Shipped 1M 100G 
Coherent Amplifiers & Drivers
+
64G Coherent TIA
+
Lowest Power CDR
+
400G CFP8 Platform 
(28nm PAM DSP / Driver / TIA)

2017
64G Coherent Driver
+
28G EML Linear Driver
+
PolarisTM Platform
(16nm PAM DSP / Driver / TiA)
+
M200 Low power Coherent DSP 
for Metro & Long Haul
+
VegaTM DSP
16nm Retimer & Gearbox for LineCards

2015
Smallest  Form Factor
+
SMT Linear Driver
+
PAM 4

2020
SpicaTM First 7nm 800G PAM4 DSP
+
PorrimaTM Gen3 Single-Lambda PAM4 platform
+
CanopusTM First 7nm Coherent DSP 
100/200/300/400G
+
COLORZ® II First 400ZR QSFP-DD Transceiver
+
CapellaTM 7nm 56G SerDes 

2019
PorrimaTM 400G PAM4 Production
+
PorrimaTM Gen2 with Integrated CMOS Driver
+
56G TiA & Driver

2018
PorrimaTM Platform
(Porrima 100/400G DSP + Driver + TiA)
+
28G MMF Linear TiA + VCSEL Driver
+
56G TiA & Driver
+
CFEC Adopted as OIF ZR Standard

2012
28G CMOS SERDES 
+
32G Linear 
Modulator Driver 

2009
28G Coherent TIA 
+
28 Gbps Differential 
Modulator Driver  

2001
40G Differential Driver 
Modulator Driver
+
40G TIA  

Inphi Recognized for Excellence
22 New Awards for Quality & Technology in 2017-2020

Huawei

Best Quality  
Company

2017

2018

Fujitsu

Technical 
Advancement

2019

2017

Innolight

Innovation

Supplier 
of the Year

2017

2018

2019

FiberHome

Core Partner

2017

2018

2019

Processing

Networking

Physical Layer

CPU, GPU, AI

Switching, Routing, NIC

Analog, DSP, Optics

Storage

Storage, Memory

Inphi Provides Differentiated Solutions for Cloud & Telecom

Cloud Data Centers

Telecom

The Data Center is the Computer®

The Cloud is the Network®

 √ PAM is a  once in a multi-decade 

change in data transmission

 √ Inside data centers:  7 - 10 km

 √ Between data centers:  10 - 120 km

 √ Coherent transmission:  >40km

 √ Long Haul: 1,000s km

 √ Metro:  600 km

 √ 5G: Backhaul 300km, Fronthaul 10km

 √ Access:  5G, Cable, 10 - 300 km

Forward Looking Statements

This Annual Report and letter to Stockholders contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our 

strategy, our products, the anticipated benefits and features of our products, use of our products, market acceptance and market share of our products, growth and revenue drivers, industry and market trends, 

our positioning, our international operations and investments in technology. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or 

achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, and reported results should not be considered as an indication of future performance. Factors that may 

cause actual results to differ include public health requirements in response to the outbreak of COVID-19 and the impact on our business and operations, which is evolving and beyond our control, and the timing 

of customer orders and product shipments; members of our management team or a significant number of our global employee base becoming ill with COVID-19; changes in government regulations and mandates 

to address COVID-19 that may adversely impact our ability to continue to operate without disruption; a significant decline in global macroeconomic conditions that may have an adverse impact on our business 

and financial results; challenges to our infrastructure because of the number of employees working from remote locations, a cyberattack or other issues associated with remote connectivity; business interruptions 

related to our supply chain; our ability to manage our business and expenses if customers cancel or delay orders, and other business-related risks and uncertainties that are set forth in our Form 10-K attached 

hereto, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and in other reports filed by us with the SEC from time-to-time. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as 

of the date of this Annual Report. Inphi Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or event after the date of this Annual Report or to report 

the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Inphi Annual Report 2020 R2-COVER5.indd   2

4/15/2020   1:25:00 PM

Investor Information

Stock Exchange Listing:  NYSE
Ticker Symbol:  IPHI
Investor Relations     (408) 217-7308     investors@inphi.com
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC   Phone: 800-937-5449    www.amstock.com

Innovation for COLORZ, COLORZ II, 
PAM4,  Polaris, Porrima and Canopus

2017

2018

2019

2020

Best 
Delivery

Outstanding
Contribution

2018

2019

Cisco

ECN

Excellence in 
Emerging 
Technology

COLORZ 

2017

2017

Best 
Cooperation

2019

Best 
Delivery
2018

Lightwave

Hisense

H3C

SEDI
(Sumitomo Electronics
Device Innovations)

 
The global leader in high-speed

data movement interconnects

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Ste 300, Santa Clara, CA 95054
www.inphi.com
Phone (408) 217-7300
Fax (408) 217-7350
Sales@inphi.com

Copyright ©2020 Inphi Corporation. 
All rights reserved. Inphi is a registered 
trademark of Inphi Corporation

2019 Annual Report 

World-leading innovations

Inphi Annual Report 2020 R2-COVER5.indd   1

4/15/2020   1:24:57 PM